Author affiliation (MBA, PML and/or SAHFOS): MBANumber of items: 2119. Holt, E.W.L. (1892) North Sea investigations. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 2 (4). pp. 363-393. Watkins, E.E. (1938) A revision of the amphipod genus Bathyporeia Lindstrom. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 23 (1). pp. 211-236. Tyler-Walters, H. (2005) Assessment of the potential impacts of coasteering on rocky intertidal habitats in Wales. Technical Report. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, Plymouth, (UK). Howes, N.H. (1939) Observations on the biology and post-embryonic development of Idotea viridis (Slabber) (Isopoda,Valvifera) from New England creek, South-East Essex. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 23 (2). pp. 279-310. Goodhart, C.B. (1939) Notes on the bionomics of the tube building amphipod, Leptocheirus pilosus Zaddach. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 23 (2). pp. 311-325. Nicholls, A.G. (1939) Some new sand-dwelling copepods. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 23 (2). pp. 327-341. Rees, W.J. (1939) The hydroid of the medusa Dipurena halterata (Forbes). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 23 (2). pp. 343-346. Russell, F.S. (1939) On the nematocysts of hydro-medusae. II. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 23 (2). pp. 347-359. Wilson, D.P. (1939) Seasonal variations in the fat content of the flounder, Pleuronectes flesus L. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 23 (2). pp. 361-379. Russell, F.S. (1939) On the seasonal abundance of young fish VI. The year 1938. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 23 (2). pp. 381-386. Calderwood, W.L. (1892) Monthly reports on the fishing in the neighbourhood of Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 2 (4). pp. 394-395. Cooper, L.H.N. (1939) Phosphorus, nitrogen, iron and manganese in marine zooplankton. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 23 (2). pp. 387-390. Cooper, L.H.N. and Milne, A. (1939) The ecology of the Tamar Estuary. V. Under-water illumination revision of data for red light. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 23 (2). pp. 391-396. Rees, C.B. (1939) The plankton in the upper reaches of the Bristol Channel. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 23 (2). pp. 397-425. Marshall, S.M. and Nicholls, A.G. and Orr, A.P. (1939) On the growth and feeding of young herring in the Clyde. Journal of the Marine Biological Association, 23 (2). pp. 427-455. Watkin, E.E. (1939) The swimming and burrowing habits of some species of the amphipod genus Bathyporeia. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 23 (2). pp. 457-465. Watkin, E.E. (1939) The pelagic phase in the life history of the amphipod genus Bathyporeia. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 23 (2). pp. 467-481. Cragg, J.B. (1939) The physiology of maturation and fertilization in Pomatoceros triqueter (L.) I. The nature of the material. Joiurnal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 23 (2). pp. 483-497. Harvey, H.W. (1939) Substances controlling the growth of a diatom. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 23 (2). pp. 499-520. Moore, H.B. and Kitching, J.A. (1939) The biology of Chthamalus stellatus (Poli). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 23 (2). pp. 521-541. Sexton, E.W. (1939) On a new species of Gammarus (G. Tigrinus) from Droitwich district. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 23 (2). pp. 543-551. Calderwood, W.L. and Holt, E.W.L. and Cunningham, J.T. (1892) Notes and memoranda. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 2 (4). pp. 396-404. Crawshay, L.R. (1939) Studies in the market sponges I. Growth from the planted cutting. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 23 (2). pp. 553-574. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1887) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 1 (Old Series). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1888) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 2 (Old Series). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1889) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 1(1). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1889) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 1 (2). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1890) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 1(3). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1890) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 1(4). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1891) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 2(1). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1891) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 2(2). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Heape, W. (1888) Preliminary report upon the fauna and flora of Plymouth Sound. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 2 Old Series. pp. 153-193. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1892) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 2(3). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1892) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 2(4). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1893) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 3(1). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1894) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 3(2). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1894) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 3(3). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1895) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 3(4). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1895) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 3 (special number). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1895) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 4(1). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1896) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 4(2). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1896) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 4(3). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Cunningham, J.T. (1888) Preliminary enquiries at Plymouth into the marine fauna and the ova of fishes. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 2 Old Series. pp. 194-201. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1897) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 4(4). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1897) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 5(1). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1898) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 5(2). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1898) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 5(3). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1899) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 5(4). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1900) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 6(1). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1900) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 6(2). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1902) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 6(3). MBA, Plymouth (UK). McIntosh, W.C. (1888) The St. Andrews Marine Laboratory (under the Fishery Board for Scotland). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 2 Old Series. pp. 202-211. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1903) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 6(4). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1904) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 7(1). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1904) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 7(2). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1906) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 7(3). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1906) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 7(4). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1906) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 7(5). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Herdman, W.A. (1888) A summary of the work done by the Liverpool Marine Biology Committee during 1885-87. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 2 Old Series. pp. 212-217. Hoyle, W.E. (1888) The Scottish Marine Station and its work. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 2 Old Series. pp. 218-242. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1916) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 11 (1). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1917) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 11 (2). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1917) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 11 (3). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1918) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 11 (4). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1919) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 12 (1). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 12 (2) (1920) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 12(2). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1921) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 12(3). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1922) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 12(4). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1923) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 13(1). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1924) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 13(2). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Cunningham, J.T. (1888) Notes and memoranda. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 2 Old Series. pp. 243-250. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1925) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 13 (3). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1925) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 13(4). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1926) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 14(1). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1926) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 14(2). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1927) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 14(3). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1927) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 14(4). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1928) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom 15(1). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Heape, W. (1887) Notes on the fishing industry of Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 1 Old Series. pp. 45-95. Riches, T.H. (1893) A list of nemertines of Plymouth Sound. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 3 (1). pp. 1-29. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1913) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10(1). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1914) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom,10(2). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1914) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom,10(3). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1915) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom,10(4). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1910) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9(1). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1911) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9(2). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1912) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9(3). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Gamble, F.W. (1893) The Turbellaria of Plymouth Sound and the neighbourhood. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 3 (1). pp. 30-47. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1913) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9(4). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1907) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 8(1). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1908) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 8(2). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1908) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 8(3). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1909) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 8(4). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1910) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 8(5). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1926) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom,14(1). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1926) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 14(2). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1927) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 14(3). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1927) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 14(4). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Benham, W.B. (1893) The post-larval stage of Arenicola marina. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 3 (1). pp. 48-53. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1928) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15(1). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1928) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15(2). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1928) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15(3). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1929) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16(1). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1930) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16(2). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1930) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16(3). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1930) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 17(1). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1931) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 17(2). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1931) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom,17(3). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1932) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 18(1). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1933) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom,18(2). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1933) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 19(1). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1934) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom,19(2). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1935) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 20(1). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1935) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 20(2). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1936) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 20(3). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1936) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 21(1). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1937) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 21(2). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1937) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 22(1). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1938) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 22(2). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1938) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 23(1). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1939) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 23(2). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Langston, W.J. and Burt, G.R. and Chesman, B.S. and Vane, C.H. (2005) Partitioning, bioavailability and effects of oestrogens and xeno-oestrogens in the aquatic environment. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 85 (1). pp. 1-31. ISSN 0025-3154 Conway, D.V.P. (2006) Identification of the copepodite developmental stages of twenty-six North Atlantic copepods. Occasional Publication of the Marine Biological Association 21. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, Plymouth (UK). Hartley, P.H.T. (1940) The Saltash tuck-net fishery and the ecology of some estuarine fishes. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24 (1). pp. 1-68. Milne, A. (1940) The ecology of the Tamar Estuary IV. The distribution of the fauna and flora on buoys. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24 (1). pp. 69-87. Foxon, G.E.H. (1940) The reactions of certain mysids to stimulation by light and gravity. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24 (1). pp. 89-97. Cunningham, J.T. (1893) The immature fish question. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 3 (1). pp. 54-77. Horstadius, S. (1940) Change in inheritance in echinoid hybrids. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24 (1). pp. 99-113. Harvey, H.W. (1940) Nitrogen and phosphorus required for the growth of phytoplankton. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24 (1). pp. 115-123. Harrison, R.J. (1940) Phosphorus and iron in Sagitta setosa and Sagitta elegans. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24 (1). pp. 125-128. Colman, J. (1940) On the faunas inhabiting inter-tidal seaweeds. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24 (1). pp. 129-183. Rees, C.B. (1940) A preliminary study of the ecology of a mud-flat. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24 (1). pp. 185-199. Myers, E.H. (1940) Observations on the origin and fate of flagellated gametes in multiple tests of Discorbis (Foraminifera). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24 (1). pp. 201-226. Moore, H.B. (1940) The biology of Littorina littorea Part II. Zonation in relation to other gastropods on stony and muddy shores. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24 (1). pp. 227-237. Lebour, M.V. (1940) The larvae of the Pandalidae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24 (1). pp. 239-252. Foxon, G.E.H. (1940) Notes on the life history of Sacculina carcini Thompson. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24 (1). pp. 253-264. Russell, F.S. (1940) On the seasonal abundance of young fish. VII. The year 1939, January to August. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24 (1). pp. 265-270. Holt, E.W.L. (1893) North Sea investigations. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 3 (1). pp. 78-106. Atkins, W.R.G. and Poole, H.H. (1940) A cubical photometer for studying the angular distribution of submarine daylight. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24 (1). pp. 271-281. Spooner, M.A. and Moore, H.B. (1940) The ecology of the Tamar Estuary VI. An account of the macrofauna of the intertidal muds. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24 (1). pp. 283-330. Orton, J.H. (1940) Fluctuations in oyster production in the Fal estuary. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24 (1). pp. 331-335. Bruce, J.R. and Knight, M. and Parke, M.W. (1940) The rearing of oyster larvae on an algal diet. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24 (1). pp. 337-374. Gross, F. (1940) The development of isolated resting spores into auxospores in Ditylum brightwelli (West). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24 (1). pp. 375-415. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1940) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24(1). MBA, Plymouth, (UK). Mare, M.F. (1940) Plankton production off Plymouth and the mouth of the English Channel in 1939. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24 (2). pp. 461-482. Harrison, R.J. (1940) On the biology of the Caprellidae. Growth and moulting of Pseudo-protella phasma Montagu. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24 (2). pp. 483-493. Elofsen, O. (1940) Notes on the ostracod fauna of Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24 (2). pp. 495-504. Calderwood, W.L. (1893) Monthly reports on the fishing in the neighbourhood of Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 3 (1). pp. 107-110. Lebour, M.V. (1940) The larvae of the British species of Spirontocaris and their relation to Thor (Crustacea Decapoda). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24 (2). pp. 505-514. Russell, F.S. (1940) On the nematocysts of hydromedusae. III. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24 (2). pp. 515-523. Russell, F.S. (1940) On some medusae of the genera Podocoryne and Phialopsis. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24 (2). pp. 525-531. Knight Jones, E.W. (1940) The occurrence of a marine leech, Abranchus blennii N.Sp., resembling A.Sexoculatus (Malm) in North Wales. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24 (2). pp. 533-541. Hughes, E. (1940) The breeding of oysters in tanks. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24 (2). pp. 543-547. Popham, M.L. (1940) The mantle cavity of some of the Erycinidae, Montacutidae and Galeommatidae with special reference to the ciliary mechanisms. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24 (2). pp. 549-587. Beanland, F.L. (1940) Sand and mud communities in the Dovey Estuary. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24 (2). pp. 589-611. Rothschild, M. (1940) Rearing animals in captivity for the study of trematode life histories. II. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24 (2). pp. 613-617. Hickling, C.F. (1940) The fecundity of the herring of the southern North sea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24 (2). pp. 619-632. Sexton, E.W. and Spooner, G.M. (1940) An account of Marinogammarus (Schellenberg) gen.nov. [Amphipoda], with a description of a new species. M Pirloti. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24 (2). pp. 633-682. Cunningham, J.T. (1893) Researches on the colouration of the skins of flatfishes. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 3 (1). pp. 111-118. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1940) The Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24(2). MBA, Plymouth, (UK). Purchon, R.D. (1941) On the biology and relationships of the lamellibranch Xylophaga dorsalis (Turton). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (1). pp. 1-39. Lysaght, A.M. (1941) The biology and trematode parasites of the gastropod Littorina neritoides (L.) on the Plymouth breakwater. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (1). pp. 41-67. Rothschild, M. (1941) The effect of trematode parasites on the growth of Littorina neritoides (L). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (1). pp. 69-80. Emrys Watkin, E. (1941) Observations on the night tidal migrant Crustacea of Kames Bay. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (1). pp. 81-96. Atkins, W.R.G. (1941) The preservation of fishing nets, trawl twines and fibre ropes for use in sea water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (1). pp. 97-107. Barnes, H. (1941) A note on the determination of very small quantities of hydroxylamine by Blom’s method. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (1). pp. 109-110. Lowndes, A.G. and Panikkar, N.K. (1941) A note on the changes in water content of the lobster (Homarus vulgaris M.-Edw.) during moult. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (1). pp. 111-112. Lowe Pierce, E. (1941) The occurrence and breeding of Sagitta elegans Verrill and Sagitta setosa J.Muller in parts of the Irish Sea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (1). pp. 113-124. Garstang, G. and Holt, E.W.L. (1893) Notes and memoranda. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 3 (1). pp. 119-121. Wilson, D.P. (1941) Oyster rearing on the River Yealm. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (1). pp. 125-127. Rees, W.J. (1941) Notes on British and Norwegian hydroids and medusae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (1). pp. 129-141. Manton, S.M. (1941) On the hydrorhiza and claspers of the hydroid Myriothela cocksi (Vigurs). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (1). pp. 143-150. Ford, E. (1941) Vertebral variation in teleostean fishes. II. The herring (Clupea harengus L.). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (1). pp. 151-172. Fretter, V. (1941) The genital ducts of some British stenoglossan prosobranchs. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (1). pp. 173-211. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1941) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25(1). MBA, Plymouth, (UK). Harvey, H.W. (1941) On changes taking place in sea water during storage. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (2). pp. 225-233. Smith, C.L. (1941) The solubility of calcium carbonate in tropical sea water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (2). pp. 235-242. Cole, H.A. (1941) The fecundity of Ostrea edulis. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (2). pp. 243-260. Williams, G. and Needham, A.E. (1941) Metric variations in populations of Carcinus moenas. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (2). pp. 261-281. Holt, E.W.L. (1894) North Sea investigations (Continued). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 3 (2). pp. 123-142. Brambell, F.W.R. and Goodhart, C.B. (1941) Saccoglossus horsti sp.n., an enteropneust occuring in the Solent. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (2). pp. 283-301. Watkin, E. (1941) The male of the amphipod Haustorius arenarius Slabber. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (2). pp. 303-305. Rees, W.J. (1941) On the life history and developmental stages of the medusa Podocoryne borealis. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (2). pp. 307-316. Kesava Panikkar, N. (1941) Osmoregulation in some palaemonid prawns. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (2). pp. 317-359. Sproston, N.G. and Hartley, P.H.T. (1941) The ecology of some parasitic copepods of gadoids and other fishes. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (2). pp. 361-392. Sproston, N.G. and Hartley, P.H.T. (1941) Observations on the bionomics and physiology of Trebius caudatus and Lernaeocera branchialis (Copepoda). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (2). pp. 393-417. Moore, H.B. (1941) A wire-angle indicator for use when towing plankton nets. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (2). pp. 419-422. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1941) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom,25(2). MBA, Plymouth, (UK). Sproston, N.G. (1942) The developmental stages of Lernaeocera branchialis (Linn.). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (3). pp. 441-466. Cheng, C. (1942) On the fecundity of some gammarids. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (3). pp. 467-475. Grenfell, W.T. and Fowler, G.H. (1894) Letter from Wilfred T. Grenfell Esq., M.R.C.S. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 3 (2). pp. 143-147. Cole, H.A. (1942) The American whelk tingle, Urosalpinx cinerea (Say), on British oyster beds. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (3). pp. 477-508. Corbin, P.G. and Panikkar, N.K. (1942) The distribution of Arachnactis albida M. Sars in the Celtic sea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (3). pp. 509-516. Mare, M.F. (1942) A study of a marine benthic community with special reference to the micro-organisms. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (3). pp. 517-554. Lowndes, A.G. (1942) The displacement method of weighing living aquatic organisms. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (3). pp. 555-574. Sexton, E.W. (1942) The relation of Gammarus zaddachi Sexton to some other species of Gammarus occurring in fresh, estuarine and marine waters. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (3). pp. 575-606. Jepps, M.W. (1942) Studies on Polystomella Lamarck (Foraminifera). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (3). pp. 607-666. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1942) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25(3). MBA, Plymouth, (UK). Fretter, V. (1943) Studies in the functional morphology and embryology of Onchidella celtica (Forbes and Hanley) and their bearing in its relationships. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (4). pp. 685-720. Lebour, M.V. (1943) The larvae of the genus Porcellana (Crustacea Decapoda) and related forms. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (4). pp. 721-737. Cunningham, J.T. (1894) The life-history of the pilchard. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 3 (2). pp. 148-153. Gardiner, A.C. (1943) Measurement of phytoplankton population by the pigment extraction method. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (4). pp. 739-744. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1943) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25(4). MBA, Plymouth, (UK). Wimpenny, R.S. (1944) Plankton production between the Yorkshire coast and the Dogger Bank, 1933-1939. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (1). pp. 1-6. Lebour, M.V. (1944) The larval stages of Portumnus (Crustacea Brachyura) with notes on some other genera. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (1). pp. 7-15. Parry, D.A. (1944) Structure and function of the gut in Spadella cephaloptera and Sagitta setosa. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (1). pp. 16-36. Chapman, V.J. (1944) Methods of surveying Laminaria beds. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (1). pp. 37-60. Dixon, A.Y. (1944) Notes on certain aspects of the biology of Cumopsis goodsiri (Van Beneden) and some other cumaceans in relation to their environment. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (1). pp. 61-71. Sproston, N.G. (1944) Ichthyosporidium hoferi (Plehn & Mulsow, 1911), an internal fungoid parasite of the mackerel. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (1). pp. 72-98. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1944) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26(1). MBA, Plymouth, (UK). Hickling, C.F. (1945) The seasonal cycle in the Cornish pilchard, Sardina pilchardus Walbaum. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (2). pp. 115-138. Cunningham, J.T. (1894) The ovaries of fishes. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 3 (2). pp. 154-165. Lebour, M.V. (1945) Notes on the Pycnogonida of Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (2). pp. 139-165. Hickling, C.F. (1945) Marking fish with the electric tattooing needle. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (2). pp. 166-169. Wells, G.P. (1945) The mode of life of Arenicola marina L. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (2). pp. 170-207. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1945) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26(2). MBA, Plymouth, (UK). Wilson, D.P. (1946) The triradiate and other forms of Nitzschia closterium (Ehrenberg) WM. Smith, forma minutissima of Allen and Nelson. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (3). pp. 235-270. Wimpenny, R.S. (1946) The size of diatoms. II. Further observations of Rhizosolenia styliformis (Brightwell). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (3). pp. 271-284. Chu, S.P. (1946) The utilization of organic phosphorus by phytoplankton. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (3). pp. 285-295. Chu, S.P. (1946) Note on the technique of making bacteria-free cultures of marine diatoms. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (3). pp. 296-302. Barnes, H. (1946) The estimation in sea-water solutions of micro-quantities of mercury in the presence of copper by means of dithizone. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (3). pp. 303-311. Fretter, V. (1946) The genital ducts of Theodoxus, Lamellaria and Trivia, and a discussion on their evolution in the prosobranchs. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (3). pp. 312-351. Cunningham, J.T. (1894) Notes and memoranda. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 3 (2). pp. 166-168. Rowett, H.G.Q. (1946) A comparison of the feeding mechanisms of Calma glaucoides and Nebaliopsis typica. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (3). pp. 352-357. Yonge, C.M. (1946) On the habits and adaptations of Aloidis (Corbula) Gibba. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (3). pp. 358-376. Yonge, C.M. (1946) On the habits of Turritella communis Risso. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (3). pp. 377-380. Lebour, M.V. (1946) The species of Teredo from Plymouth waters. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (3). pp. 381-389. Ford, E. (1946) Vertebral variation in teleostean fishes. III, Isospondyli. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (3). pp. 390-397. Hickling, C.F. (1946) Haddock on the Porcupine Bank, September 1944. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (3). pp. 398-407. Hickling, C.F. (1946) The herring fisheries at Milford Haven. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (3). pp. 408-420. Wilson, D.P. (1946) A note on the capture of prey by Sepia officinalis L,. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (3). pp. 421-425. Ewer, D.W. (1946) Sabella pavonina Savigny var. Bicoronata Hornell and the genus Spirographis viviani (Polychaeta, Sabellidae). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (3). pp. 426-431. Yonge, C.M. (1946) Permeability and properties of the membranes surrounding the developing egg of Homarus vulgaris. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (3). pp. 432-438. Holt, E.W.L. (1894) North Sea investigations (Continued). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 3 (3). pp. 169-201. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1946) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26(3). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Hardy, A.C. and Paton, W.N. (1947) Experiments of the vertical migration of plankton animals. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (4). pp. 467-526. Lebour, M.V. (1947) Notes on the inshore plankton of Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (4). pp. 527-547. Lebour, M.V. (1947) An Interesting young Velella in the Plymouth plankton. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (4). pp. 548-550. Cheng, C. (1947) On the fertility of marine Cladocera with a note on the formation of the resting egg in Evadne nordmanni Loven and Podon intermedius Lilljeborg. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (4). pp. 551-561. Harvey, H.W. (1947) Manganese and the growth of phytoplankton. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (4). pp. 562-579. Hayes, F.R. and Pelluet, D. (1947) The inorganic constitution of molluscan blood and muscle. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (4). pp. 580-589. Graham, A. and Fretter, V. (1947) The life history of Patina pellucida (L.). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (4). pp. 590-601. Rees, W.J. (1947) A cercaria of the genus Haplocladus from Nucula nucleus (L.). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (4). pp. 602-604. Russell, F.S. (1947) On the seasonal abundance of young fish. VIII. The year 1946, June to December. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (4). pp. 605-608. Cunningham, J.T. (1894) Young stages of Zeugopterus punctatus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 3 (3). pp. 202-205. Berrill, N.J. (1947) The ascidians Trididemnum alleni and Distaplia garstangi, new species from the Plymouth area. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (4). pp. 609-615. Berrill, N.J. (1947) The development and growth of Ciona. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (4). pp. 616-625. Lloyd, A.J. and Yonge, C.M. (1947) The biology of Crangon vulgaris L. in the Bristol Channel and Severn Estuary. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (4). pp. 626-661. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1947) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom,26(4). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Spooner, G.M. (1947) The distribution of Gammarus species in estuaries. Part I. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (1). pp. 1-52. Hartley, P.H.T. (1947) Observations of flounders Pleuronectes flesus L. marked in the estuaries of the Tamar and Lynher. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (1). pp. 53-64. Corbin, P.G. (1947) The spawning of mackerel, Scomber scombrus L., and pilchard, Clupea pilchardus Walbaum, in the Celtic Sea in 1937-39. with observations on the zooplankton indicator species, Sagitta and Muggiaea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (1). pp. 65-132. Gurney, R. (1947) Some notes on parasitic copepoda. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (1). pp. 133-137. Johnson, T. (1947) The antherozoides of Dictyopteris. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (1). 138. Wilson, D.P. (1947) The Portuguese man-of-war Physalia physalis L., in British and adjacent seas. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (1). pp. 139-172. Cunningham, J.T. (1894) Experiments on the rearing of fish larvae in the season of 1894. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 3 (3). pp. 206-207. Evans, R.G. (1947) The intertidal ecology of selected localities in the Plymouth neighbourhood. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (1). pp. 173-218. Segerstrale, S.G. (1947) New observations on the distribution and morphology of the amphipod, Gammarus zaddachi Sexton, with notes on related species. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (1). pp. 219-244. Berrill, N.J. (1947) The structure, tadpole and budding ascidian Pycnoclavella aurilucens Garstang. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (1). pp. 245-251. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1947) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom,27(1). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Cooper, L.H.N. (1948) The distribution of iron in the waters of the Western English Channel. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (2). pp. 279-313. Cooper, L.H.N. (1948) Some chemical considerations on the distribution of iron in the sea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (2). pp. 314-321. Cooper, L.H.N. (1948) Particulate ammonia in sea water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (2). pp. 322-325. Cooper, L.H.N. (1948) Phosphate and Fisheries. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (2). pp. 326-336. Harvey, H.W. (1948) The estimation of phosphate and of total phosphorus in sea water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (2). pp. 337-359. Marshall, S.M. and Orr, A.P. (1948) Further experiments on the fertilization of a sea loch (Loch Craiglin). The effect of different plant nutrients on the phytoplankton. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (2). pp. 360-379. Allen, E.J. (1894) Nerve elements of the embryonic lobster. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 3 (3). pp. 208-209. Berrill, N.J. (1948) Structure, tadpole and bud formation in the ascidian Archidistoma. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (2). pp. 380-388. Berrill, N.J. (1948) The development, morphology and budding of the ascidian Diazona. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (2). pp. 389-399. Jones, N.S. (1948) The ecology of the Amphipoda of the south of the Isle of Man. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (2). pp. 400-439. Tripathi, Y.R. (1948) A new species of ciliate, Trichodina branchicola, from some fishes at Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (2). pp. 440-450. Pyefinch, K.A. (1948) Methods of identification of the larvae of Balanus balanoides (L.), B. crenatus Brug. and Verruca stroemia O.F. Muller. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (2). pp. 451-463. Pyefinch, K.A. (1948) Notes on the biology of cirripedes. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (2). pp. 464-503. Humphrey, G.F. (1948) The effect of narcotics on the endogenous respiration and succinate oxidation in oyster muscle. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (2). pp. 504-512. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1948) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27(2). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Steven, G.A. (1948) Contributions to the biology of the mackerel, Scomber scombrus, L.: mackerel migrations in the English Channel and Celtic Sea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (3). pp. 517-539. Garstang, M.A. (1894) Faunistic notes at Plymouth during 1893-4. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 3 (3). pp. 210-235. Wilson, D.P. (1948) The larval development of Ophelia bicornis Savigny. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (3). pp. 540-553. Newell, G.E. (1948) A contribution to our knowledge of the life history of Arenicola marina L. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (3). pp. 554-580. Hanson, J. (1948) The genera Apomatus and Protula (Polychaeta, serpulidae). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (3). pp. 581-584. Yonge, C.M. (1948) Cleansing mechanisms and the function of the fourth pallial aperture in Spisula subtruncata (Da Costa) and Lutraria lutraria (L). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (3). pp. 585-596. Fretter, V. (1948) The structure and life history of some minute prosobranchs of rock pools: Skeneopsis planorbis (Frabicius), Omalogyra atomus (Philippi), Rissoella diaphana (Alder) and Rissoella opalina (Jefffreys). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (3). pp. 597-632. Berrill, N.J. (1948) The gonads, larvae, and budding of the polystyelid ascidians Stolonica and Distomus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (3). pp. 633-650. Parke, M. (1948) Studies on British laminariaceae. I. Growth in Laminaria saccharina (L.) Lamour. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (3). pp. 651-709. Backlund, H.O. (1948) Lumbricillus reynoldsoni N.Sp., An enchytraeid from the beaches of north Wales. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (3). pp. 710-717. Corbin, P.G. (1948) On the seasonal abundance of young fish. IX. The year 1947. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (3). pp. 718-722. Wilson, D.P. (1948) The relation of the substratum to the metamorphosis of Ophelia larvae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (3). pp. 723-760. Cunningham, J.T. (1894) Fishery publications of the United States. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 3 (3). pp. 236-245. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1948) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27(3). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Bidder, G.P. (1943) Obituary. Edgar Johnson Allen F.R.S. 1866-1942. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (4). pp. 671-684. Allen, E.J. (1938) Obituary. Edward Thomas Browne. 1866-1937. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 22 (2). pp. 405-410. Hardy, A.C. (1946) Obituary. Stanley Wells Kemp F.R.S. 1882-1945. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (3). pp. 219-234. Bourne, G.C. (1930) Obituary. Sir Edwin Ray Lankester F.R.S. 1847-1929. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (2). pp. 365-371. Russell, F.S. (1955) Obituary. George Parker Bidder 1863-1953. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (1). pp. 1-13. Russell, F.S. (1975) Obituary. Ebenezer Ford 1890-1974. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 55 (2). pp. 255-260. Ohtsuka, S. and Conway, D.V.P (2005) A new species of Tortanus (Atortus) (Copepoda: Calanoida) from the Seychelles, Mauritius and Madagascar. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 85. pp. 65-70. Ohtsuka, S. and Conway, D.V.P (2003) A new species of Tortanus (Atortus)(Copepoda: Calanoida: Tortanidae) from Rodrigues Island, Mauritius. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 83. pp. 355-360. Gallienne, C.P. and Conway, D.V.P. and Robinson, J. and Naya, N and Williams, J.S. and Lynch, T. and Meunier, S. (2004) Epipelagic mesozooplankton distribution and abundance over the Mascarene Plateau and Basin, south-western Indian Ocean. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 84. pp. 1-8. Cunningham, J.T. (1895) Experiments and observations made at the Plymouth Laboratory. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 3 (4). pp. 247-277. Messenger, J. (1997) Obituary. John Zachary Young 1907-1997. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 77 (4). pp. 1261-1262. Whitfield, M. (1990) Obituary. Sir James Eric Smith F.R.S. 1909-1990. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom Annual Report 1990. pp. 9-9. Russell, F.S. (1972) Obituary. Marie Victoire Lebour 1876-1971. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 52 (3). pp. 777-788. Whitfield, M. (1991) Obituary Dr Douglas Patrick Wilson 1902-1991. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom Annual Report 1991. pp. 7-8. Irigoien, X. and Conway, D.V.P and Harris, R.P. (2004) Flexible diel vertical migration behaviour of zooplankton in the Irish Sea. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 267. pp. 85-97. ISSN 0171-8360 Marine Biological Association (1986) Obituary. Leslie Hugh Norman Cooper F.R.S. 1905-1985. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 66 (4). pp. 972-973. Cunningham, J.T. (1895) The larva of the eel. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 3 (4). pp. 278-287. Sims, D.W. and Witt, M.J. and Richardson, A.J. and Southall, E.J. and Metcalfe, J.D. (2006) Encounter success of free-ranging marine predator movements across a dynamic prey landscape. Proceedings of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences, 273 (1591). pp. 1195-1201. ISSN 0962-8452 Holt, E.W.L. (1895) North Sea investigations. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 3 (4). pp. 288-291. Schroeder, D.C. and Biggi, G.F. and Hall, M. and Davy, J. and Martinez, J.M. and Richardson, A.J. and Malin, G. and Wilson, W.H. (2005) A genetic marker to separate Emiliania huxleyi (Prymnesiophyceae) morphotypes. Journal of Phycology, 41 (4). pp. 874-879. ISSN 1529-8817 Southward, A.J. and Langmead, O. and Hardman-Mountford, N.J. and Aiken, J. and Boalch, G.T. and Dando, P.R. and Genner, M.J. and Joint, I. and Kendall, M.A. and Halliday, N.C. and Harris, R.P.H. and Leaper, R. and Mieszokowska, N. and Pingree, R.D. and Richardson, A.J. and Sims, D.W. and Smith, T. and Walne, A.W. and Hawkins, S.J. (2004) Long-Term Oceanographic and Ecological Research in the Western English Channel. Advances in Marine Biology, 47. pp. 1-105. ISSN 0065-2881 Sims, D.W. and Southall, E.J. and Richardson, A.J. and Reid, P.C. and Metcalfe, J.D. (2003) Seasonal movements and behaviour of basking sharks from archival tagging: No evidence of winter hibernation. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 248. pp. 187-196. ISSN 0171-8630 Lebour, M.V. (1925) The Dinoflagellates of the Northern Seas. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, Plymouth (UK). Holme, N.A. (1983) Report on certain sediment shores in the Isles of Scilly. A report to the Nature Conservancy Council. Technical Report. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, Plymouth (UK). Holt, E.W.L. (1895) Note on some supposed hybrids between the turbot and the brill. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 3 (4). pp. 292-299. Chesman, B.S. and Burt, G.R. and Langston, W.J. (2006) Characterisation of European Marine Sites: Essex Estuaries European Marine Site Occasional Publication of the Marine Biological Association 17. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, Plymouth (UK). Langston, W.J. and Chesman, B.S. and Burt, G.R. (2006) Characterisation of European Marine Sites: Mersey Estuary Special Protection Area. Occasional Publication of the Marine Biological Association 18. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, Plymouth (UK). Mieszkowska, N. and Leaper, R. and Moore, P. and Kendall, M.A. and Burrows, M.T. and Lear, D. and Poloczanska, E. and Hiscock, K. and Moschella, P. and Thompson, R.C. and Herbert, R.J. and Laffoley, D. and Baxter, J. and Southward, A.J. and Hawkins, S. (2006) Marine biodiversity and climate change: assessing and predicting the influence of climatic change using intertidal rocky shore biota. Occasional Publication of the Marine Biological Association 20. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, Plymouth (UK). Gross, F. (1949) Further observations on fish growth in a fertilized sea loch (Loch Craiglin). The Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (1). pp. 1-8. Raymont, J.E.G. (1949) Further observations on changes in the bottom fauna of a fertilized sea loch. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (1). pp. 9-19. Pyefinch, K.A. and Downing, F.S. (1949) Notes on the general biology of Tubularia larynx Ellis & Solander. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (1). pp. 21-43. Marshall, S.M. (1949) On the biology of the small copepods in Loch Striven. On the biology of the small copepods in Loch Striven, 28 (1). pp. 45-122. Chapman, G. (1949) The thixotropy and dilatancy of a marine soil. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (1). pp. 123-140. Harding, J.P. (1949) The use of probability paper for the graphical analysis of polymodal frequency distributions. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (1). pp. 141-153. Harvey, H.W. (1949) On manganese in sea and fresh waters. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (1). pp. 155-164. Cunningham, J.T. (1895) The migration of the anchovy. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 3 (4). pp. 300-303. Vevers, H.G. (1949) The biology of Asterias rubens L.: Growth and reproduction. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (1). pp. 165-187. Holme, N.A. (1949) The fauna of sand and mud banks near the mouth of the Exe estuary. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (1). pp. 189-237. Hollowday, E.D. (1949) A preliminary report on the Plymouth marine and brackish-water Rotifera. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (1). pp. 239-253. Parke, M. (1949) Studies on marine flagellates. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (1). pp. 255-286. Corbin, P.G. and Vati, V. (1949) The post-larval sand eels (Ammodytidae) of the Celtic sea and Plymouth area. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (1). pp. 287-313. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1949) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28(1). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Holme, N.A. (1949) A new bottom-sampler. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (2). pp. 323-332. Jorgensen, C.B. (1949) The rate of feeding by Mytilus in different kinds of suspension. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (2). pp. 333-344. Wilson, D.P. (1949) Notes from the Plymouth aquarium. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (2). pp. 345-351. Darnell-Smith, G.P. (1895) On the oxidation of ammonia in sea water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 3 (4). pp. 304-306. Pyefinch, K.A. (1949) Short-period fluctuations in the numbers of barnacle larvae, with notes on comparisons between pump and net plankton hauls. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (2). pp. 353-370. Stephenson, W. (1949) Certain effects of agitation upon the release of phosphate from mud. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (2). pp. 371-380. Das, S.M. (1949) British Folliculinidae (Ciliata, Heterotricha). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (2). pp. 381-394. Wilson, D.P. (1949) The decline of Zostera marina L. at Salcombe and its effects on the shore. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (2). pp. 395-412. Knight-Jones, E.W. and Waugh, G. (1949) On the larval development of Elminius modestus Darwin. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (2). pp. 413-428. Barnes, H. (1949) A statistical study of the variation in vertical plankton hauls, with special reference to the loss of the catch with divided hauls. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (2). pp. 429-446. Wells, G.P. (1949) Respiratory movements of Arenicola marina L. intermittent irrigation of the tube, and intermittent aerial respiration. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (2). pp. 447-464. Wells, G.P. (1949) The behaviour of Arenicola marina L. in sand, and the role of spontaneous activity cycles. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (2). pp. 465-478. Russell, F.S. (1949) On the hydroid of Eutima gracilis (Forbes and Goodsir). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (2). pp. 479-480. Graham, M (1949) A note on the theory of a dwarf race of lobsters on the Norfolk coast. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (2). pp. 481-487. M'Intosh (McIntosh), W.C. (1895) Remarks on trawling. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 3 (4). pp. 307-334. Fraser, J.H. (1949) The occurence of unusual species of Chaetognatha in Scottish plankton collections. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (2). pp. 489-492. Fretter, V. and Graham, A. (1949) The structure and mode of life of the Pyramidellidae, parasitic opisthobranchs. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (2). pp. 493-532. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1949) The Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28(2). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Steven, G.A. (1949) Contributions to the biology of the mackerel Scomber scombrus L. II. A study of the fishery in the South West of England, with special reference to spawning, feeding, and fishermen's signs. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (3). pp. 555-581. Millar, R.H. (1949) The larva of a didemnid ascidian, with notes on the structure of the colony and the adult. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (3). pp. 583-586. Spooner, G.M. (1949) Observations on the absorption of radioactive strontium and yttrium by marine algae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (3). pp. 587-625. Chapman, G. and Newell, G.E. (1949) The distribution of lugworms (Arenicola marina L.) over the flats at Whitstable. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (3). pp. 627-634. Newell, G.E. (1949) The later larval life of Arenicola marina L. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (3). pp. 635-639. Chapman, G. (1949) The mechanism of opening and closing of Calliactis parasitica. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (3). pp. 641-650. Barnes, H. (1949) On the volume measurement of water filtered by a plankton pump, with some observations on the distribution of planktonic animals. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (3). pp. 651-662. Sumner, J.T. and Marshall, W.P. (1895) Notes and memoranda. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 3 (4). pp. 335-336. Abdel Aleem, A. (1949) An apparatus for producing artificial tides. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (3). pp. 663-665. Lebour, M.V. (1949) The last larva and post-larva of Typton spongicola from Plymouth (Crustacea Decapoda). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (3). pp. 667-672. Black, W.A.P. and Dewar, E.T. (1949) Correlation of some of the physical and chemical properties of the sea with the chemical constitution of the algae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (3). pp. 673-699. Armstrong, F.A.J. (1949) A source of error in the absorptiometric determination of inorganic and total phosphorus in sea water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (3). pp. 701-705. Corbin, P.G. (1949) The seasonal abundance of young fish X. The year 1948. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (3). pp. 707-712. Abdel Aleem, A. (1949) A quantitative method for estimating the periodicity of diatoms. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (3). pp. 713-717. Cooper, L.H.N. (1949) Cascading over the continental slope of water from the Celtic Sea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (3). pp. 719-750. Atkins, W.R.G. and Poole, H.H. and Warren, F.J. (1949) A balance-by-depth method for the photoelectric measurement of the vertical extinction coefficient of water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (3). pp. 751-755. Gall, M.H. (1949) Measurements to determine extinction coefficients and temperature gradients in the North Sea and English Channel. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (3). pp. 757-780. Tattersall, O.S. (1949) Notes on Plymouth Mysidacea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (3). pp. 781-789. Holt, E.W.L. (1895) An examination of the present state of the Grimsby trawl fishery, with especial reference to the destruction of immature fish. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 3 (Special Number). pp. 339-344. Eales, N.B. (1949) The food of the dogfish, Scyliorhinus caniculus L. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (3). pp. 791-793. Grigg, U.M. (1949) The occurence of British Aplysia. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (3). pp. 795-805. Hall, R.E. (1949) Notes on the Plymouth Marine fauna. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (3). pp. 807-809. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1949) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom,28(3). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Wells, G.P. (1950) The anatomy of the body wall and appendages in Arenicola marina L., Arenicola claparedii Levinson and Arenicola ecaudata Johnston. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (1). pp. 1-44. Black, W.A.P. (1950) The seasonal variation in weight and chemical composition of the common British Laminariaceae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (1). pp. 45-72. Barnes, H. (1950) A note on the barnacle larvae of the Clyde Sea area as sampled by the Hardy Continuous Plankton Recorder. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (1). pp. 73-80. Vevers, H.G. (1950) Ophiopsila annulosa (M. Sars) in the Plymouth area. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (1). pp. 81-82. Holt, W.L. (1895) Examination of the present state of the Grimsby trawl fishery Part 1. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 3 (5 (Special Number)). pp. 345-371. Corbin, P.G. (1950) The occurrence of the smooth sand-eel, Gymnammodytes semisquamatus (Jourdain), in the Plymouth area, with notes on G. cicerelus (Rafinesque) and G. capensis (Barnard). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (1). pp. 83-90. Corbin, P.G. (1950) Records of pilchard spawning in the English Channel. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (1). pp. 91-95. Harvey, H.W. (1950) On the production of living matter in the sea off Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (1). pp. 97-138. Armstrong, F.A.J. and Atkins, W.R.G. (1950) The suspended matter of sea water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (1). pp. 139-144. Armstrong, F.A.J. and Harvey, H.W. (1950) The cycle of phosphorus in the waters of the English Channel. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (1). pp. 145-162. Holme, N.A. (1950) The bottom fauna of Great West Bay. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (1). pp. 163-184. Devidas Menon, M. (1950) Bionomics of the poor cod (Gadus minutus L.) in the Plymouth area. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (1). pp. 185-240. Hill, D.K. (1950) Advances in the physiology of peripheral nerve. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (1). pp. 241-246. Holt, E.W.L. (1895) Examination of the present state of the Grimsby trawl fishery Part 2. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 3 (Special Number). pp. 372-446. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1950) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29(1). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Spooner, G.M. (1950) Notes on the Plymouth marine fauna. Amphipoda. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (1). pp. 247-253. Steven, G.A. (1950) Notes on the Plymouth marine fauna.Pisces. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (1). pp. 254-255. Parke, M. (1950) Notes on the Plymouth marine flora. Algal records for the Plymouth region. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (1). pp. 257-261. Spooner, G.M. (1950) Additional records of Laminaria ochroleuca De La Pylaie. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (1). pp. 261-262. Holme, N.A. (1950) Population-dispersion in Tellina tenuis da Costa. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (2). pp. 267-280. Knight-Jones, E.W. and Stevenson, J.P. (1950) Gregariousness during settlement in the barnacle Elminius modestus Darwin. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (2). pp. 281-297. Barnes, H. and Powell, H.T. (1950) Some observations on the effect of fibrous glass surfaces upon the settlement of certain sedentary marine organisms. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (2). pp. 299-302. Nicol, J.A.C. (1950) Responses of Branchiomma vesiculosum (Montagu) to photic stimulation. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (2). pp. 303-320. Dales, R.P. (1950) The reproduction and larval development of Nereis diversicolor O.F. Muller. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (2). pp. 321-360. Rees, W.J. (1950) The distribution of Octopus vulgaris Lamarck in British waters. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (2). pp. 361-378. Black, W.A.P. (1950) The seasonal variation in the cellulose content of the common Scottish Laminariaceae and Fucaceae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (2). pp. 379-387. Millar, R.H. (1950) Lissoclinum argyllense n.sp., a new ascidian from Scotland. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (2). pp. 389-392. Digby, P.S.B. (1950) The biology of the small planktonic copepods of Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (2). pp. 393-438. Knight, M. and Parke, M. (1950) A biological study of Fucus vesiculosus L. and F. Serratus L. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (2). pp. 439-514. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1950) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29(2). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Fretter, V. (1951) Observations on the life history and functional morphology of Cerithiopsis tubercularis (Montagu) and Triphora perversa (L.). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (3). pp. 567-586. Carruthers, J.N. and Lawford, A.L. and Veley, V.F.C. and Gruning, J.F. (1951) Studies of water movements and winds at various lightvessels. II. At the Seven Stones Lightvessel near the Scilly Isles. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (3). pp. 587-608. Atkins, W.R.G. and Parke, M. (1951) Seasonal changes in the phytoplankton as indicated by chlorophyll estimations. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (3). pp. 609-618. Butler, G.W. (1895) Report on the spawning of the common sole (Solea vulgaris) in the aquarium of the Marine Biological Association's laboratory at Plymouth, during April and May, 1895. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (1). pp. 3-9. Vevers, H.G. (1951) The biology of Asterias rubens L. II. Parasitization of the gonads by the ciliate Orchitophrya stellarum Cepede. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (3). pp. 619-624. Burdon-Jones, C. (1951) Observations on the spawning behaviour of Saccoglossus horsti Brambell & Goodhart, and of other Enteropneusta. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (3). pp. 625-638. Holme, N.A. (1951) The identification of British species of the genus Ensis Schumacher (Lamellibranchiata). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (3). pp. 639-647. Barnes, H. and Bagenal, T.B. (1951) A statistical study of variability in catch obtained by short repeated trawls taken over an inshore ground. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (3). pp. 649-660. Wells, G.P. and Dales, R.P. (1951) Spontaneous activity patterns in animal behaviour: the irrigation of the burrow in the polychaetes, Chaetopterus variopedatus Renier and Nereis diversicolor O.F.Muller. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (3). pp. 661-680. Raymont, J.E.G. and Gauld, D.T. (1951) The respiration of some planktonic copepods. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (3). pp. 681-693. Sergeant, D.E. (1951) The status of the common seal (Phoca vitulina L.) on the east Anglian coast. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (3). pp. 707-717. Woodward, F.N. (1951) The Scottish Seaweed Research Association. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (4). pp. 719-725. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1951) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29(3). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Wilson, D.P. (1951) A biological difference between natural sea waters. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (1). pp. 1-20. Cunningham, J.T. (1895) North Sea investigations. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (1). pp. 10-47. Cooper, L.H.N. (1951) Chemical properties of the sea water in the neighbourhood of the Labadie Bank. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (1). pp. 21-26. Millar, R.H. (1951) The development and early stages of the ascidian Pyura squamulosa (Alder). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (1). pp. 27-31. Kott, P. (1951) Corella halli n.sp., a new ascidian from the English Channel. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (1). pp. 33-36. Fretter, V. (1951) Turbonilla elegantissima (Montagu), a parasitic opisthobranch. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (1). pp. 37-47. Chipperfield, P.N.J. (1951) The breeding of Crepidula fornicata (L.) I the River Blackwater, Essex. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (1). pp. 49-71. Williamson, D.I. (1951) Studies in the biology of Talitridae (Crustacea, Amphipoda): effects of atmospheric humidity. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (1). pp. 73-90. Williamson, D.I. (1951) Studies in the biology of Talitridae (Crustacea, Amphipoda) visual orientation I Talitrus saltator. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (1). pp. 91-99. Vevers, H.G. (1951) Photography of the sea floor. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (1). pp. 101-111. Dales, R.P. (1951) Notes on the reproduction and early development of the cirratulid Tharyx marioni (St Joseph). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (1). pp. 113-117. Dales, R.P. (1951) Observations on the structure and life history of Autolytus prolifer (O.F.Muller). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (1). pp. 119-128. Allen, E.J. (1895) Faunistic notes. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (1). pp. 48-52. Spooner, G.M. (1951) On Gammarus zaddachi oceanicus Segerstrale. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (1). pp. 129-147. Armstrong, F.A.J. (1951) The determination of silicate in sea water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (1). pp. 149-160. Burrows, E.M. and Lodge, S. (1951) Autecology and the species problem in Fucus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (1). pp. 161-176. Hustedt, F. and Aleem, A.A. (1951) Littoral diatoms from the Salstone, near Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (1). pp. 177-196. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1951) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30(1). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Knight-Jones, E.W. (1951) Gregariousness and some other aspects of the setting behaviour of Spirorbis. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (2). pp. 201-222. Hockley, A.R. (1951) On the biology of Mytilicola intestinalis (Steuer). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (2). pp. 223-232. Barnes, H. and Marshall, S.M. (1951) On the variability of replicate plankton samples and some applications of ‘contagious’ series to the statistical distribution of catches over restricted periods. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (2). pp. 233-263. Bossanyi, J. (1951) An apparatus for the collection of plankton in the immediate vicinity of the sea-bottom. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (2). pp. 265-270. Corbin, P.G. (1951) The seasonal abundance of young fish. XI. The year 1949. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (2). pp. 271-275. Cunningham, J.T. (1895) Additional evidence on the influence of light producing pigments on the lower sides of flat fishes. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (1). pp. 53-59. Buljan, M. (1951) Note on a method for determination of ammonia in sea water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (2). pp. 277-280. Chang, H-W. (1951) Age and growth of Callionymus lyra L. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (2). pp. 281-296. Chang, H-W. (1951) On Callionymus reticulatus C.& V. and its distribution in European seas. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (2). pp. 297-312. Russell, F.S. (1951) A re-examination of Calanus collected off Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (2). pp. 313-314. Alexandrowicz, J.S. (1951) Lymphocystis tumours in the red mullet (Mullus surmuletus L.). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (2). pp. 315-332. Forster, G.R. (1951) The biology of the common prawn, Leander serratus Pennant. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (2). pp. 333-360. Forster, G.R. (1951) Notes on Leander squilla L. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (2). pp. 361-367. Barnes, H. and Bagenal, T.B. (1951) Observations on Nephrops norvegicus (L.) and on an epizoic population of Balanus crenatus Brug. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (2). pp. 369-380. Barnes, H. and Powell, H.T. (1951) The growth-rate of juvenile Asterias rubens L. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (2). pp. 381-385. Yonge, C.M. (1951) Observations on Sphenia binghami Turton. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (2). pp. 387-392. Allen, E.J. (1895) The reproduction of the lobster. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (1). pp. 60-69. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1951) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30(2). MBA, Plymouth, (UK). Smyth, T.J. and Coombs, S.H. and Kloppmann, M.H.F. and Halliday, N.C. and Bartsch, J. and Conway, D.V.P. and Valdes, L. (2005) Use of satellite data for modelling food availability and survival of marine fish larvae. In: Proceedings of RSPSoc 2005: Measuring, Mapping, and Managing a Hazardous World, 6-9 September 2005, Portsmouth, UK. . The Remote Sensing and Photogrammetry Society (RSPSoc)., Nottingham (UK). Coombs, S.H. and Giovanardi, O. and Halliday, N. and Franceschini, G. and Conway, D.V.P. and Manzueto, L. and Barrett, C.D. and McFadzen, I. (2003) Wind mixing, food availability and mortality of anchovy larvae Engraulis encrasicolus in the northern Adriatic Sea. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 248. pp. 221-235. ISSN 0171-8630 Coombs, S.H. and Halliday, N.C. and Southward, A.J. and Hawkins, S.J. (2005) Distribution and abundance of sardine (Sardina pilchardus) eggs in the English Channel from Continuous Plankton Recorder sampling. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 85 (5). pp. 1243-1247. ISSN 0025-3154 Bartsch, J. and Coombs, S.H. (2004) An individual-based model of the early life history of mackerel (Scomber scombrus) in the eastern North Atlantic, simulating transport, growth and mortality. Fisheries Oceanography, 13 (6). pp. 365-379. ISSN 1054-6006 Bartsch, J. and Reid, D. and Coombs, S.H. (2004) Simulation of mackerel (Scomber scombrus) recruitment with an individual-based model and comparison with field data. Fisheries Oceanography, 13 (6). pp. 380-391. ISSN 1054-6006 Allen, E.J. (1895) Additional observations on the nerve-elements of the embryonic lobster. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (1). pp. 70-72. Nicol, J.A.C (1952) Studies on Chaetopterus variopedatus (Renier). I. The light-producing glands. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (3). pp. 417-431. Nicol, J.A.C. (1952) Studies on Chaetopterus variopedatus (Renier). II. Nervous control of light production. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (3). pp. 433-452. Cooper, L.H.N. (1952) Processes of enrichment of surface water with nutrients due to strong winds blowing on to a continental slope. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (3). pp. 453-464. Cooper, L.H.N. (1952) The physical and chemical oceanography of the waters bathing the continental slope of the Celtic Sea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (3). pp. 465-510. Cooper, L.H.N. (1952) Factors affecting the distribution of silicate in the North Atlantic Ocean and the formation of North Atlantic deep water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (3). pp. 511-526. Marshall, S.M. (1952) On the biology of Calanus finmarchicus. VII. Factors affecting egg production. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (3). pp. 527-548. Steven, G.A. (1952) Contributions to the biology of the mackerel, Scomber scombrus L. III. Age and growth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (3). pp. 549-568. Vevers, H.G. (1952) The biology of Asterias rubens L. III. Carotenoid pigments in the integument. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (3). pp. 569-574. Black, W.A.P. and Mitchell, R.L. (1952) Trace elements in the common brown algae and in sea water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (3). pp. 575-584. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1952) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30(3). MBA, Plymouth, (UK). Cunningham, J.T. and Sumner, J.C. (1895) Notes and memoranda. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (1). pp. 73-75. Boyra, G. and Rueda, L.D. and Coombs, S.H. and Sundby, S. and Adlandsvik, B. and Santos, M. and Uriarte, A. (2003) Modelling the vertical distribution of eggs of anchovy (Engraulis encrasicolus) and sardine (Sardina pilchardus). Fisheries Oceanography, 12 (4/5). pp. 381-395. ISSN 0025-3162 Coombs, S.H. and Boyra, G. and Rueda, L.D. and Uriarte, A. and Santos, M. and Conway, D.V.P. and Halliday, N.C. (2004) Buoyancy measurements and vertical distribution of eggs of sardine (Sardina pilchardus) and anchovy (Engraulis encrasicolus). Marine Biology, 145 (5). pp. 959-970. ISSN 0025-3162 Coombs, S.H. and Smyth, T.J. and Conway, D.V.P. and Halliday, N.C. and Bernal, M. and Stratoudakis, Y. and Alvarez, P. (2006) Spawning season and temperature relationships for sardine (Sardina pilchardus) in the eastern North Atlantic. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 86 (5). pp. 1245-1252. ISSN 0025-3154 Gauld, D.T. (1951) The grazing rate of planktonic copepods. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (3). pp. 695-706. Wells, G.P. (1952) The proboscis apparatus of Arenicola. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (1). pp. 1-28. Moss, B. (1952) Variations in chemical composition during the development of Himanthalia elongata (L.) S.F.Gray. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (1). pp. 29-34. Vevers, H.G. (1952) The biology of Asterias rubens L. IV. Variation in the sex ratio. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (1). pp. 35-40. Millar, R.H. (1952) The annual growth and reproductive cycle in four ascidians. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (1). pp. 41-61. Carlisle, D.B. (1952) On ampullary tissue in the larva of Polyclinum aurantium Milne Edwards. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (1). pp. 63-64. Cunningham, J.T. (1896) The reproductive maturity of the common eel. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (2). pp. 87-89. Kott, P. (1952) Observations on compound ascidians of the Plymouth area, with descriptions of two new species. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (1). pp. 65-83. Spencer, C.P. (1952) On the use of antibiotics for isolating bacteria-free cultures of marine phytoplankton organisms. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (1). pp. 97-106. Bainbridge, R. (1952) Underwater observations on the swimming of marine zooplankton. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (1). pp. 107-112. Nicol, J.A.C. (1952) Studies on Chaetopterus variopedatus (Renier). III. Factors affecting the light response. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (1). pp. 113-144. Wieser, W. (1952) Investigations on the microfauna inhabiting seaweeds on rocky coasts. IV. Studies on the vertical distribution of the fauna inhabiting seaweeds below the Plymouth Laboratory. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (1). pp. 145-174. Butcher, R.W. (1952) Contributions to our knowledge of the smaller marine algae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (1). pp. 175-191. Wilson, D.P. (1952) The aquarium and sea-water circulation system at the Plymouth Laboratory. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (1). pp. 193-212. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1952) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom,31(1). MBA, Plymouth, (UK). Alexandrowicz, J.S. (1952) Innervation of the heart of Ligia oceanica. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (1). pp. 85-96. Stead, F.E. (1896) Preliminary note on trawling experiments in certain bays on the south coast of Devon. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (2). pp. 90-96. Vevers, H.G. (1952) A photographic survey of certain areas of sea floor near Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (2). pp. 215-222. Craig, R.E. and Baxter, I.G. (1952) Observations in the sea on the reaction to ultra-violet light of certain sound scatterers. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (2). pp. 223-228. Fisher, L.R. and Kon, S.K. and Thompson, S.Y. (1952) Vitamin A and carotenoids in certain invertebrates. I. Marine Crustacea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (2). pp. 229-258. Pike, R.B. (1952) Notes on the growth and biology of the prawn Pandalus bonnieri Caullery. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (2). pp. 259-268. Harris, J.E. (1952) A note on the breeding season, sex ratio and embryonic development of the dogfish Scyliorhinus canicula (L.). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (2). pp. 269-276. Alexandrowicz, J.S. (1952) Muscle receptor organs in the Paguridae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (2). pp. 277-286. Hoyle, G. (1952) The response mechanism in ascidians. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (2). pp. 287-306. Biebl, R. (1952) Ecological and non-environmental constitutional resistance of the protoplasm of marine algae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (2). pp. 307-315. Hutton, R.F. (1952) Studies on the parasites of Cardium edule L.: Cercaria fulbrighti n.sp., a Gymnophallus larva with a forked tail. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (2). pp. 317-326. Cunningham, J.T. (1896) North Sea investigations (continued). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (2). pp. 97-143. Atkins, W.R.G. and Jenkins, P.G. (1952) Note on sea temperatures in the English Channel, 1921 to 1949, and Plymouth sunshine and light. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (2). pp. 327-334. Wilson, D.P. and Armstrong, F.A.J. (1952) Further experiments on biological differences between natural sea waters. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (2). pp. 335-349. Cooper, L.H.N. (1952) The boar fish, Capros aper (L.), as a possible biological indicator of water movement. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (2). pp. 351-362. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1952) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31(2). MBA, Plymouth, (UK). Wilson, D.P. (1953) The settlement of Ophelia bicornis Savigny larvae. The 1951 experiments. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (3). pp. 413-438. Carlisle, D.B. (1953) Notes on the British species of Trididemnum (Didemnidae, Ascidiacea), with a report of the occurrence of T. niveum (Giard) in the Plymouth area. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (3). pp. 439-446. Gauld, D.T. and Raymont, J.E.G. (1953) The respiration of some planktonic copepods II. The effect of temperature. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (3). pp. 447-460. Gauld, D.T. (1953) Diurnal variations in the grazing of planktonic copepods. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (3). pp. 461-474. Harvey, H.W. (1953) Notes on the absorption of organic phosphorus compounds by Nitzschia closterium in the dark. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (3). pp. 475-476. Harvey, H.W. (1953) Synthesis of organic nitrogen and chlorophyll by Nitzschia closterium. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (3). pp. 477-487. Bethe, A. (1896) A Carcinus with a right-handed walking-leg on the left side of the abdomen. The Journal of the Marine Biological Asociation of the United Kingdom, 4 (2). pp. 144-145. Atkins, W.R.G. (1953) Seasonal variations in the phosphate and silicate content of sea water Part VI. 1948 compared with the 1923-25 period. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (3). pp. 489-492. Atkins, W.R.G. (1953) The seasonal variation in the copper content of sea water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (3). pp. 493-494. Atkins, W.R.G. and Jenkins, P.G. (1953) Seasonal changes in the phytoplankton during the year 1951-52 as indicated by spectrophotometric chlorophyll estimations. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (3). pp. 495-508. Atkins, W.R.G. and Warren, F.J. (1953) The preservation of fishing nets, trawl twines and fibre ropes for use in sea water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (3). pp. 509-513. Allen, J.A. (1953) Observations on Nucula turgida Marshall and N. moorei Winckworth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (3). pp. 515-528. Millot, N. (1953) Observations of the skin pigment and amoebocytes, and the occurrence of phenolases in the coelomic fluid of Holothuria forskali Delle Chiaje. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (3). pp. 529-539. Hoyle, G. (1953) Spontaneous squirting of an ascidian, Phallusia mammillata Cuvier. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (3). pp. 541-562. Alexandrowicz, J.S. (1953) Nervous organs in the pericardial cavity of the decapod Crustacea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (3). pp. 563-580. Hutton, R.F. (1953) Cercaria reesi n.sp., a new furcocercous larva from Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (3). pp. 581-585. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1953) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31(3). MBA, Plymouth, (UK). Nutting, C.C. (1896) Notes on Plymouth hydroids. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (2). pp. 146-154. Chesman, BS and Langston, WJ (2006) Intersex in the clam Scrobicularia plana: A sign of endocrine disruption in estuaries? Biology Letters, 2 (3). ISSN 1744-9561 Wharam, Susan (2006) Practical Workshop on Virus Ecology Methods. Manual. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, Plymouth (UK). Holme, N.A. (1953) The biomass of the bottom fauna in the English Channel off Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 32 (1). pp. 1-49. Wells, G.P. (1953) Defecation in relation to the spontaneous activity cycles of Arenicola marina L. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 32 (1). pp. 51-63. Nicol, J.A.C. (1953) Luminescence in polynoid worms. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 32 (1). pp. 65-84. Owen, G. (1953) On the biology of Glossus humanus (L.) (Isocardia cor Lam.). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 32 (1). pp. 85-106. Bassett-Smith, P.W. (1896) A list of parasitic copepoda of fish obtained at Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (2). pp. 155-163. Barnes, H. and Powell, H.T. (1953) The growth of Balanus balanoides (L.) and B. crenatus Brug, under varying conditions of submersion. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 32 (1). pp. 107-127. Ballantine, D. (1953) Comparison of the different methods of estimating nanoplankton. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 32 (1). pp. 129-147. Shelbourne, J.E. (1953) The feeding habits of plaice post-larvae in the Southern Bight. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 32 (1). pp. 149-160. Davenport, D. (1953) Studies in the physiology of commensalism. III. The polynoid genera Acholoe, Gattyana and Lepidasthenia. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 32 (1). pp. 161-173. Alexandrowicz, J.S. and Carlisle, D.B. (1953) Some experiments on the function of the pericardial organs in Crustacea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 32 (1). pp. 175-192. Forster, G.R. (1953) A new dredge for collecting burrowing animals. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 32 (1). pp. 193-198. Wilson, D.P. (1953) The settlement of Ophelia bicornis Savigny larvae. The 1952 experiments. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 32 (1). pp. 209-233. Kennedy, G.Y. and Vevers, H.G. (1953) The biology of Asterias rubens L. V. A porphyrin pigment in the integument. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 32 (1). pp. 235-247. Sutton, M.F. (1953) The regeneration of the siphons of Ciona intestinalis L. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 32 (1). pp. 249-268. Allen, E.J. and Garstang, W. and Browne, E.T. and Hodgson, T.V. (1896) Faunistic notes. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (2). pp. 164-178. Wilson, D.P. (1953) Notes from the Plymouth Aquarium II. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 32 (1). pp. 199-208. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1953) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom,32(1). MBA, Plymouth, (UK). Davenport, D. (1953) Studies in the physiology of commensalism. IV The polynoid genera Polynoe. Lepidasthenia and Harmothoe. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 32 (2). pp. 273-288. Carlisle, D.B. (1953) Moulting hormones in Leander (Crustacea Decapoda). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 32 (2). pp. 289-296. Barnes, H. (1953) Size variations in the cyprids of some common barnacles. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 32 (2). pp. 297-304. Barnes, H. and Barnes, M (1953) Biometry of the copepod Calanus finmarchicus (Gunn) in stages V and VI. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 32 (2). pp. 305-314. Forster, G.R. (1953) Peritrophic membranes in the Caridea (Crustacea Decapoda). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 32 (2). pp. 315-318. Forster, G.R. (1953) The spawning behaviour of plaice. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 32 (2). 319. Brull, L. and Nizet, E. (1953) Blood and urine constituents of Lophius piscatorius L. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 32 (2). pp. 321-328. Brull, L. and Nizet, E. and Verney, E.B. (1953) Blood perfusion of the kidney of Lophius piscatorius L. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 32 (2). pp. 329-336. Brebner, G. (1896) Algological notes. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (2). pp. 179-181. Knight-Jones, E.W. (1953) Decreased discrimination during setting after prolonged planktonic life in larvae of Spirorbis borealis (Serpulidae). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 32 (2). pp. 337-345. Wickstead, J. (1953) A new apparatus for the collection of bottom plankton. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 32 (2). pp. 347-355. Fountain, H.C. (1953) An examination of the original slides of marine Acari of Hodge, 1863. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 32 (2). pp. 357-364. Kennedy, G.Y. (1953) Chlorocruoroporphyrin - a simple method of preparation. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 32 (2). pp. 365-366. Fretter, V. (1953) Experiments with radioactive strontium (90Sr) on certain molluscs and polychaetes. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 32 (2). pp. 367-384. Bainbridge, R. (1953) Studies on the interrelationships of zooplankton and phytoplankton. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 32 (2). pp. 385-448. Chipperfield, P.N.J. (1953) Observations on the breeding and settlement of Mytilus edulis (L). in British waters. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 32 (2). pp. 449-476. Rees, C.B. (1932) The larvae of the Spatangidae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 32 (2). pp. 477-490. Newell, B.S. (1953) Cellulolytic activity in the lamellibranch crystalline style. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 32 (2). pp. 491-495. Parke, M. (1953) A preliminary check-list of British marine algae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 32 (2). pp. 497-520. Allen, E.J. (1896) The protection of crabs and lobsters. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (2). pp. 182-187. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1953) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 32(2). MBA, Plymouth, (UK). Southward, A.J. and Orton, J.H. (1954) The effects of wave-action on the distribution and numbers of the commoner plants and animals living on the Plymouth breakwater. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (1). pp. 1-19. Carlisle, D.B. and Carlisle, A.I. (1954) Notes on the Didemnidae (Ascidiacea). I. The presence of Didemnum (Leptoclinides) faeroense (Bjerkan) in the Plymouth area. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (1). pp. 21-25. Carlisle, D.B. (1954) Notes on the Didemnidae (Ascidiacea). II. The number of rows of stigmata in Didemnum gelatinosum Milne Edwards and in Didemnum maculosum (Milne Edwards). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (1). pp. 27-32. Millar, R.H. (1954) The annual growth and reproductive cycle of the ascidian Dendrodoa grossularia (van Beneden). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (1). pp. 33-48. Black, W.A.P. (1954) Concentration gradients and their significance in Laminaria saccharina (L.) Lamour. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (1). pp. 49-60. Carlisle, D.B. (1954) On the hormonal inhibition of moulting in decapod Crustacea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (1). pp. 61-63. Carlisle, D.B. (1954) The effect of mammalian lactogenic hormone on lower chordates. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (1). pp. 65-68. Bagenal, T.B. (1954) The growth rate of the hake, Merluccius merluccius (L.), in the Clyde and other Scottish sea areas. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (1). pp. 69-95. Bowers, A.B. (1954) Breeding and growth of whiting (Gadus merlangus L.) in Isle of Man waters. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (1). pp. 97-122. Allen, E.J. and Benedict, J.E. (1896) Report on the sponge fishery of Florida and the artificial culture of sponges. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (2). pp. 188-194. Davenport, D. (1954) Notes on the early stages of the commensal polynoid Acholoe astericola (Delle Chiaje). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (1). pp. 123-127. Graham, A. (1954) The anatomy of the prosobranch Trichotropis borealis Broderip & Sowerby, and the systematic position of the Capulidae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (1). pp. 129-144. Holme, N.A. (1954) The ecology of British species of Ensis. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (1). pp. 145-172. Nicol, J.A.C. (1954) Effect of external milieu on luminescence in Chaetopterus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (1). pp. 173-175. Nicol, J.A.C (1954) Fatigue of the luminescent response of Chaetopterus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (1). pp. 177-186. Morton, J.E. (1954) The crevice faunas of the upper intertidal zone at Wembury. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (1). pp. 187-224. Nicol, J.A.C. (1954) The nervous control of luminescent responses in polynoid worms. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (1). pp. 225-255. Smith, W. and McIntyre, A.D. (1954) A spring-loaded bottom-sampler. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (1). pp. 257-264. Spencer, C.P. (1954) Studies on the culture of a marine diatom. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (1). pp. 265-290. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1954) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33(1). MBA, Plymouth, (UK). Bidder, G. (1896) Note on projects for the improvement of sponge-fisheries. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (2). pp. 195-202. Morton, J.E. (1954) The biology of Limacina retroversa. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (2). pp. 297-312. Carlisle, D.B. (1954) Notes on the Didemnidae (Ascidiacea). III. A comparison of Didemnum maculosum, D. candidum, D. helgolandicum, and Trididemnum alleni. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (2). pp. 313-324. Carlisle, D.B. (1954) Notes on the Didemnidae (Ascidiacea). IV. The increase of Trididemnum niveum (Giard) in the Plymouth area, and the structure of its larva. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (2). pp. 325-327. Carlisle, D.B. (1954) Styela mammiculata n.sp., a new species of ascidian from the Plymouth area. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (2). pp. 329-334. Ingram Hendey, N. (1954) Note on the Plymouth ‘Nitzschia’ culture. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (2). pp. 335-339. Forster, G.R. (1954) Preliminary note on a survey of Stoke Point rocks with self-contained diving apparatus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (2). pp. 341-344. Fraser, J.H. (1954) Warm-water species in the plankton off the English Channel entrance. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (2). pp. 345-346. Wilson, D.P. and Armstrong, F.A.J. (1954) Biological differences between sea waters, experiments in 1953. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (2). pp. 347-360. Wilson, D.P. (1954) The attractive factor in the settlement of Ophelia bicornis Savigny. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (2). pp. 361-380. Armstrong, F.A.J. (1954) Phosphorus and silicon in sea water off Plymouth during the years 1950 to 1953. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (2). pp. 381-392. Cunningham, J.T. and Stead, F.B. (1896) Recent reports of fishery authorities. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (2). pp. 203-218. Marshall, S.M. and Orr, A.P. (1954) Hatching in Calanus finmarchicus and some other copepods. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (2). pp. 393-401. Millar, R.H. (1954) The development of the ascidian Pyura microcosmus (Savigny). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (2). pp. 403-407. Hardy, A.C. and Bainbridge, R. (1954) Experimental observations on the vertical migrations of plankton animals. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (2). pp. 409-448. Robinson, R.A. (1954) The vapour pressure and osmotic equivalence of sea water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (2). pp. 449-455. Allen, J.A. (1954) A comparative study of the British species of Nucula and Nuculana. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (2). pp. 457-472. Crisp, D.J. (1954) The breeding of Balanus porcatus (da Costa) in the Irish Sea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (2). pp. 473-496. Atkins, W.R.G. and Jenkins, P.G. and Warren, F.J. (1954) The suspended matter in sea water and its seasonal changes as affecting the visual range of the Secchi disc. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (2). pp. 497-509. Droop, M.R. (1954) A note on the isolation of small marine algae and flagellates for pure cultures. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (2). pp. 511-514. Rees, W.J. and Lumby, J.R. (1954) The abundance of octopus in the English Channel. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (2). pp. 515-536. Ingram Hendey, N. (1954) A preliminary check-list of British marine diatoms. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (2). pp. 537-560. Garstang, W. (1896) Contributions to marine bionomics. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (3). pp. 223-232. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1954) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom,33(2). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Fretter, V. and Graham, A. (1954) Observations on the opisthobranch mollusc Acteon tornatilis (L.). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (3). pp. 565-585. Lebour, M.V. (1954) The position of Pontophilus echinulatus (M.Sars) in the Crangonidae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (3). pp. 587-588. Fisher, L.R. and Kon, S.K. and Thompson, S.Y. (1954) Vitamin A and carotenoids in certain invertebrates. II. Studies of seasonal variations in some marine crustacea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (3). pp. 589-612. Atkins, D. (1954) Further notes on a marine member of the Saprolegniaceae, Leptolegnia marine n.sp., infecting certain invertebrates. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (3). pp. 613-625. Atkins, D. (1954) Leg disposition in the brachyuran megalopa when swimming. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (3). pp. 627-636. Carruthers, J.N. (1954) A penetrometer for use on water-covered beaches. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (3). pp. 637-643. Preddy, W.S. (1954) The mixing and movement of water in the estuary of the Thames. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (3). pp. 645-662. Kennedy, G.Y. and Vevers, H.G. (1954) The occurrence of porphyrins in certain marine invertebrates. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (3). pp. 663-676. Millar, R.H. (1954) Protostyela heterobranchia n.gen., n.sp., a styelid ascidian from the Scottish west coast. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (3). pp. 677-679. Cunningham, J.T. (1896) Physical and biological conditions in the North Sea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (3). pp. 233-263. Millar, R.H. (1954) The breeding and development of the ascidian Pelonaia corrugata Forbes and Goodsir. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (3). pp. 681-687. Matty, A.J. (1954) Thyroidectomy of the dogfish, Scyllium canicula (L.), and the effect of dogfish thyroid upon the oxygen consumption of rats. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (3). pp. 689-697. Dales, R.P. and Kennedy, G.Y. (1954) On the diverse colours of Nereis diversicolor. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (3). pp. 699-708. Alexandrowicz, J.S. (1954) Innervation of an amphipod heart. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (3). pp. 709-719. Atkins, D. (1954) A marine fungus Plectospira dubia n.sp. (Saprolegniaceae), infecting crustacean eggs and small Crustacea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (3). pp. 721-732. Brull, L. and Cuypers, Y. (1954) Blood perfusion of the kidney of Lophius piscatorius L. II. Influence of perfusion pressure on urine volume. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (3). pp. 733-738. Pike, R.B. (1954) Notes on the growth and biology of the prawn Spirontocaris lilljeborgii (Danielssen). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (3). pp. 739-747. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1954) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33(3). MBA, Plymouth, (UK). Baker, J.R. (1955) Experiments on the humane killing of crabs. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (1). pp. 15-24. Stead, F.B. (1896) Note on a specimen of Echinorhinus spinosus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (3). pp. 264-265. Cole, H.A. and Hancock, D,A. (1955) Odostomia as a pest of oysters and mussels. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (1). pp. 25-31. Smith, R.I. (1955) Salinity variation in interstitial water of sand at Kames Bay, Millport, with reference to the distribution of Nereis diversicolor. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (1). pp. 33-46. Alexandrowicz, J.S. (1955) Innervation of the heart of Praunus flexuosus (Mysidacea). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (1). pp. 47-53. Phillips Dales, R. (1955) Feeding and digestion in terebellid polychaetes. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (1). pp. 55-79. Fisher, L.R. and Kon, S.K. and Thompson, S.Y. (1955) Vitamin A and carotenoids in certain invertebrates. III. Euphausiacea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (1). pp. 81-100. Morton, J.E. and Holme, N.A. (1955) The occurrence at Plymouth of the opisthobranch Akera bullata, with notes on its habits and relationships. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (1). pp. 101-112. Morton, J.E. (1955) The functional morphology of Otina otis, a primitive marine pulmonate. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (111). pp. 113-150. Fretter, V. (1955) Uptake of radioactive sodium (24Na) by Nereis diversicolor Mueller and Perinereis cultrifera (Grube). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (1). pp. 151-160. Clark, R.B. and Milne, A. (1955) The sublittoral fauna of two sandy bays on the Isle of Cumbrae, Firth of Clyde. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (1). pp. 161-180. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1955) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom,34,(1). MBA, Plymouth, (UK). Schiemenz, P. (1896) How do starfishes open oysters? Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (3). pp. 266-285. Johnston, R. (1955) Biologically active compounds in the sea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (2). pp. 185-195. Forster, G.R. (1955) Underwater observations on rocks off Stoke Point and Dartmouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (2). pp. 197-199. Southward, A.J. (1955) Observations on the ciliary currents of the jelly-fish Aurelia aurita L. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (2). pp. 201-216. Brull, L. and Cuypers, Y. (1955) Blood perfusion of the kidney of Lophius piscatorius L. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (2). pp. 217-222. Armstrong, F.A.J. (1955) Phosphorus and silicon in sea water off Plymouth during 1954. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (2). pp. 223-245. Droop, M.R. (1955) A pelagic marine diatom requiring cobalamin. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (2). pp. 229-231. Droop, M.R. (1955) Some new supra-littoral Protista. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (2). pp. 233-245. Fraser, J.H. (1955) The salp Ritteriella off the English Coast - a correction. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (2). pp. 247-248. Hutton, R.F. (1955) Cercaria turritellae n.sp., a ‘huge-tailed’ monostome larva from Turritella communis Risso. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (2). pp. 249-255. Purchon, R.D. (1955) The functional morphology of the rock-boring lamellibranch Petricola pholadiformis Lamarck. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (2). pp. 257-278. Brebner, G. (1896) Algological notes. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (3). pp. 286-288. Millott, N. and Vevers, H.G. (1955) Carotenoid pigments in the optic cushion of Marthasterias glacialis (L.). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (2). pp. 279-287. Bagenal, M. (1955) A note on the relations of certain parameters following a logarithmic transformation. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (2). pp. 289-296. Bagenal, T.B. (1955) The growth rate of the long rough dab, Hippoglossoides platessoides (Fabr.). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (2). pp. 297-311. Hancock, D.A. (1955) The feeding behaviour of starfish on Essex oyster beds. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (2). pp. 313-331. Hawes, F.B. (1955) Notes on the variation occurring in Tubularia larynx Ellis & Solander. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (2). pp. 333-346. Naylor, E. (1955) The diet and feeding mechanism of Idotea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (2). pp. 347-355. Crisp, D.J. and Davies, P.A. (1955) Observations in vivo on the breeding of Elminus modestus grown on glass slides. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (2). pp. 357-380. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1955) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34(2). MBA, Plymouth, (UK). Lilley, M.K.S. (2006) Chthamalid cyprid identification - a photographic guide. The Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom. (Unpublished) Allen, E.J. (1896) Report on the sponge fishery of Florida and the artificial culture of sponges. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (3). pp. 289-292. Lilley, Martin K.S. (2006) Creating a modern database from archive material - The Norman Holme archive: Interpretation of marine field research notebooks in the historical context of the MBA, 1958-83. Project Report. The Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, Plymouth, UK. Steven, G.A. and Hoodless, C.A. and Harrison, R.S. and Warren, F.J. (1955) R.V. Sarsia A brief description of the Marine Biological Association's new research vessel. The Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (3). pp. 387-401. Southward, A.J. (1955) On the behaviour of barnacles I. The relation of cirral and other activities to temperature. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (3). pp. 403-422. Southward, A.J. (1955) On the behaviour of barnacles II. The influence of habitat and tide-level on cirral activity. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (3). pp. 423-433. Droop, M.R. (1955) A suggested method for the assay of vitamin B12 in sea water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (3). pp. 435-440. Atkins, D. (1955) The cyphonautes larvae of the Plymouth area and the metamorphosis of Membranipora membranacea (L.). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (3). pp. 441-449. Atkins, D. (1955) The ciliary feeding mechanism of the cyphonautes larva [Polyzoa Ectoprocta]. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (3). pp. 451-466. Naylor, E. (1955) The comparative external morphology and revised taxonomy of the British species of Idotea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (3). pp. 467-493. Marshall, S.M. and Orr, A.P. (1955) On the biology of Calanus finmarchicus. VIII. Food uptake, assimilation and excretion in adult and stage V Calanus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (3). pp. 495-529. Wilson, D.P. (1955) The role of micro-organisms in the settlement of Ophelia bicornis Savigny. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (3). pp. 531-543. Stead, F.B. (1896) Variations and relationship of the flounder and the plaice. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (3). pp. 293-299. Holme, N.A. (1955) An improved 'vacuum' grab for sampling the sea-floor. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (3). pp. 545-551. Forster, G.R. (1955) Hemimycale columella (Bowerbank): a short description and history of the species. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (3). pp. 553-557. Carlisle, D.B. (1955) Local variations in the colour pattern of the prawn Leander serratus (Pennant). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (3). pp. 559-563. Silva, P.C. (1955) The dichotomous species of Codium in Britain. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (3). pp. 565-577. Parke, M. and Manton, I. and Clarke, B. (1955) Studies on marine flagellates. II. Three new species of Chrysochromulina. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (3). pp. 579-609. Knowles, F.G.W. and Carlisle, D.B. and Dupont-Raabe, M. (1955) Studies on pigment-activating substances in animals I. The separation by paper electrophoresis of chromactivating substances in arthropods. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (3). pp. 611-635. Brull, L. and Cuypers, Y. (1955) Blood perfusion of the kidney of Lophius piscatorius L. IV. Magnesium excretion. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (3). pp. 637-642. Bagenal, T.B. (1955) The growth rate of the long rough dab Hippoglossoides platessoides (Fabr.) - a correction. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (3). pp. 643-647. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1955) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom,34(3). MBA, Plymouth, (UK). Steele, J.H. (1956) Plant production on the Fladen ground. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (1). pp. 1-33. Kennedy, G.Y. and Vevers, H.G. (1956) Porphyrin pigments in the tectibranch mollusc Akera bullata O.F. Muller. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (1). pp. 35-39. Fisher, L.R. and Kon, S.K. and Thompson, S.Y. (1956) Vitamin A and carotenoids in certain invertebrates. IV. Mollusca: Loricata, Lamellibranchiata, and Gastropoda. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (1). pp. 41-61. Fisher, L.R. and Kon, S.K. and Thompson, S.Y. (1956) Vitamin A and carotenoids in certain invertebrates. V. Mollusca: Cephalopoda. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (1). pp. 63-80. Smith, R.I. (1956) The ecology of the Tamar estuary. VII. Observations on the interstitial salinity of intertidal muds in the estuarine habitat of Nereis diversicolor. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (1). pp. 81-104. Russell, F.S. (1956) On a new scyphomedusa, Paraphyllina ransoni n.sp. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (1). pp. 105-111. LLewellyn, J. (1956) The host-specificity, micro-ecology, adhesive attitudes, and comparative morphology of some trematode gill parasites. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (1). pp. 113-127. Alexandrowicz, J.S. (1956) Receptor elements in the muscles of Leander serratus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (1). pp. 129-144. Southward, A.J. and Dodd, J.M. (1956) Studies on the biology of limpets. I. The late J.H. Orton’s work on Patella. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (1). pp. 145-147. Orton, J.H. and Southward, A.J. and Dodd, J.M. (1956) Studies on the biology of limpets. II. The breeding of Patella vulgata L. in Britain. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (1). pp. 149-176. Shelbourne, J.E. (1956) The abnormal development of plaice embryos and larvae in marine aquaria. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (1). pp. 177-192. Cunningham, J.T. (1897) On the peculiarities of plaice from different fishing grounds. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (4). pp. 315-359. Welsh, J.H. (1956) Neurohormones of invertebrates. I. Cardio-regulators of Cyprina and Buccinum. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (1). pp. 193-201. Thomas, I.M. (1956) The accumulation of radioactive iodine by Amphioxus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (1). pp. 203-210. Southward, A.J. and Crisp, D.J. (1956) Fluctuations in the distribution and abundance of inter-tidal barnacles. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (1). pp. 211-229. Cushing, D.H. and Richardson, I.D. (1956) A record of plankton on the echo-sounder. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (1). pp. 231-240. Morton, J.E. (1956) Filtering, feeding, and digestion in the lamellibranch Lasaea rubra. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (1). pp. 241-274. Shelbourne, J.E. (1956) The effect of water conservation on the structure of marine fish embryos and larvae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (1). pp. 275-286. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1956) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35(1). MBA, Plymouth, (UK). Wilson, D.P. and Wilson, M.A. (1956) A contribution to the biology of Ianthina janthina (L.). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (2). pp. 291-305. Gunther, R.T. (1897) The oyster culture of the ancient Romans. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (4). pp. 360-365. Hancock, D.A. and Drinnan, R.E. and Harris, W.N. (1956) Notes on the biology of Sertularia argentea L. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (2). pp. 307-325. Sims, D.W. and Reid, P.C. (2002) Congruent trends in long-term zooplankton decline in the north-east Atlantic and basking shark (Cetorhinus maximus ) fishery catches off west Ireland. Fisheries Oceanography, 11 (1). pp. 59-63. ISSN 1054-6006 Pingree, R. (2005) North Atlantic and North Sea climate change: curl up, shut down, NAO and ocean colour. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 85 (6). pp. 1301-1315. ISSN 0025-3154 Pingree, R. and Garcia-Soto, C. (2004) Annual westward propagating anomalies near 26 degrees N and eddy generation south of the Canary Islands: remote sensing (altimeter/SeaWIFS) and in situ measurement. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 84 (6). pp. 1105-1115. ISSN 0025-3154 Fulton, T.W. and Petersen, J. (1897) Recent reports of fishery authorities. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (4). pp. 366-380. Pingree, R. and Kuo, Y.-H. and Garcia-Soto, C. (2002) Can the subtropical North Atlantic permanent thermocline be observed from space? Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 82 (5). pp. 709-728. ISSN 0025-3154 Pingree, R. (2002) Ocean structure and climate (Eastern North Atlantic): in situ measurement and remote sensing. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 82 (5). pp. 681-707. ISSN 0025-3154 Pingree, R. and Garcia-Soto, C. and Sinha, B. (1999) Position and structure of the subtropical/Azores front region from combined Lagrangian and remote sensing (IR/altimeter/SeaWIFS) measurements. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 79 (5). pp. 769-792. ISSN 0025-3154 Charrier, G. and Coombs, S.H. and McQuinn, I.H. and Laroche, J. (2007) Genetic structure of whiting (Merlangius merlangus) in the north east Atlantic and adjacent waters. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 330. pp. 201-211. ISSN 0171-8630 Hardy, A.C. (1951) Obituary Walter Garstang. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (3). pp. 561-566. Cleve, P.T. (1897) Microscopic marine organisms in the service of hydrography. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (4). pp. 381-385. Bowen, H.J.M. (1956) Strontium and barium in sea water and marine organisms. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (3). pp. 451-460. Williamson, D.I. (1956) Planktonic evidence for irregular flow through the Irish Sea and North Channel in the Autumn of 1954. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (3). pp. 461-466. Ballantine, D. (1956) Two new marine species of Gymnodinium isolated from the Plymouth area. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (3). pp. 467-474. Gordon, I. and Ingle, R.W. (1956) On a pelagic penaeid prawn, Funchalia woodwardi Johnson, new to the British fauna. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (3). pp. 475-481. Allen, E.J. (1897) The regulations of the local sea fisheries committees in England and Wales. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (4). pp. 386-395. Currie, R.I. and Foxton, P. (1956) The Nansen closing method with vertical plankton nets. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (3). pp. 483-492. Russell, F.S. (1956) On two new medusae, Merga reesi n.sp. and Tiaropsidium atlanticum n.sp. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (3). pp. 493-498. Rees, W.J. (1956) On the hydroid Merona cornucopiae (Norman). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (3). pp. 499-506. Llewellyn, J. (1956) The adhesive mechanisms of monogenetic trematodes: the attachment of Plectanocotyle gurnardi (v.Ben. & Hesse) to the gills of Trigla. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (3). pp. 507-514. Carlisle, D.B. (1956) Studies on the endocrinology of isopod crustaceans. Moulting in Ligia oceanica (L.). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (3). pp. 515-520. Abbott, B.C. and Lowy, J. (1956) Mechanical properties of Pinna adductor muscle. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (3). pp. 521-530. Corner, E.D.S. and Sparrow, B.W. (1935) The modes of action of toxic agents. I. Observations on the poisoning of certain crustaceans by copper and mercury. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (3). pp. 531-548. Salzen, E.A. (1956) The density of the eggs of Calanus finmarchicus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (3). pp. 549-554. Baird, R.H. and Gibson, F.A. (1956) Underwater observations on escallop (Pecten maximus L.) beds. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (3). pp. 555-562. Garstang, W. (1897) Contributions to marine bionomics. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (4). pp. 396-407. Morton, J.E. (1956) The tidal rhythm and action of the digestive system of the lamellibranch Lasaea rubra. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (3). pp. 563-586. Marshall, S.M. and Orr, A.P. (1956) On the biology of Calanus finmarchicus IX. Feeding and digestion in the young stages. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (3). pp. 587-603. Stephen, A.C. (1956) Amsalosoma eddystonense sp.n., a new species of Bonelliidae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (3). pp. 605-608. Cowey, C.B. (1956) A preliminary investigation of the variation of vitamin B12 in oceanic and coastal waters. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (3). pp. 609-620. Spencer, C.P. (1956) The bacterial oxidation of ammonia in the sea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (3). pp. 621-630. Barnes, H. and Crisp, D.J. (1956) Evidence of self-fertilization in certain species of barnacles. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (3). pp. 631-639. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1956) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35(3). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Dodd, J.M. (1956) Studies on the biology of limpets. III. Hermaphroditism in the three British species of Patella. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (2). pp. 327-340. Cooper, L.H.N. (1956) On assessing the age of deep oceanic water by carbon-14. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (2). pp. 341-354. Barnes, H. (1956) The growth rate of Chthamalus stellatus (Poli). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (2). pp. 355-361. Allen, E.J. (1897) The distribution of marine plankton. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (4). pp. 408-409. Russell, F.S. (1956) On the scyphomedusae Nausithoe atlantica Broch and Nausithoe globifera Broch. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (2). pp. 363-370. Russell, F.S. (1956) On a new medusa, Amphinema krampi n.sp. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (2). pp. 371-373. Wimpenny, R.S. (1956) The size of diatoms. III. The cell width of Biddulphia sinensis Greville from the southern North Sea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (2). pp. 375-386. Parke, M and Manton, I. and Clarke, B. (1956) Studies on marine flagellates. III. Three further species of Chrysochromulina. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (2). pp. 387-414. Ellis, G.H. (1956) Observations on the shoaling behaviour of cod (Gadus callarias) in deep water relative to daylight. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (2). pp. 415-417. McIntyre, A.D. (1956) The use of trawl, grab and camera in estimating marine benthos. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (3). pp. 419-429. Jones, D. and Wills, M.S. (1956) The attenuation of light in sea and estuarine waters in relation to the concentration of suspended solid matter. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (2). pp. 431-444. Sharman, M. (1956) Note on Capulus ungaricus (L). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (2). pp. 445-450. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1956) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35(2). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Holt, E.W.L. (1897) An examination of the present state of the Grimsby trawl fishery, with especial reference to the destruction of immature fish. Revision of tables. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (4). pp. 410-414. Allen, E.J. (1897) Report on the present state of knowledge with regard to the habits and migrations of the mackerel (Scomber scomber). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 5 (1). pp. 1-29. Allen, E.J. (1941) Obituary Arthur James Smith 1874-1941 A personal tribute by E.J. Allen. The Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (2). pp. 223-224. Lankester, E.R. (1895) Obituary Thomas Henry Huxley. The Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (1). pp. 1-2. Wilson, D.P. (1959) Obituary Dr. G. A. Steven. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (1). pp. 1-2. Mason, E. and Coombs, S. and Oliveira, P.B. (2005) An overview of the literature concerning the oceanography of the eastern North Atlantic region. Relatorios Cientificos e Tecnicos IPIMAR Serie Digital, 33. 59. ISSN 1645-863X Unknown, author (1897) The American investigations of the habits and migrations of the mackerel. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 5 (1). pp. 30-40. Holt, E.W.L. (1897) Preliminary notes on the reproduction of teleostean fishes in the south-western district. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 5 (1). pp. 41-50. Barrington, E.J.W. (1957) The distribution and significance of organically bound iodine in the ascidian Ciona intestinalis Linnaeus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (1). pp. 1-16. Currie, R.I. and Foxton, P. (1957) A new quantitative plankton net. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (1). pp. 17-32. Hepper, B.T. (1957) Notes on Mytilus galloprovincialis Lamarck in Great Britain. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (1). pp. 33-40. Green, J. (1957) The growth of Scrobicularia plana (da Costa) in the Gwendraeth estuary. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (1). pp. 41-47. Southward, E.C. (1957) The distribution of Polychaeta in offshore deposits in the Irish Sea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (1). pp. 49-75. Llewellyn, J. and Green, J.E. (1957) The occurrence at Plymouth of Dictyocotyle coeliaca Nybelin, 1941 (Trematoda: Monogenea). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (1). pp. 77-79. Harmer, S.F. (1897) Note on a new or rare British marine Polyzoa. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 5 (1). pp. 51-53. Phillips Dales, R. (1957) The feeding mechanism and structure of the gut of Owenia fusiformis delle Chiaje. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (1). pp. 81-89. Phillips Dales, R. (1957) Preliminary observations on the role of the coelomic cells in food storage and transport in certain polychaetes. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (1). pp. 91-110. George, E.A. (1957) A note on Stichococcus bacillaris Naeg. and some species of Chlorella as marine algae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (1). pp. 111-114. Ranade, M.R. (1957) Observations on the resistance of Tigriopus fulvus (Fischer) to changes in temperature and salinity. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (1). pp. 115-119. Arnold, D.C. (1957) The response of the limpet, Patella vulgata L., to waters of different salinities. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (1). pp. 121-128. Orian, A.J.E. and Callan, H.G. (1957) Chromosome numbers of gammarids. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (1). pp. 129-142. Noble, E.R. (1957) Seasonal variations in host-parasite relations between fish and their protozoa. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (1). pp. 143-155. Harvey, H.W. (1957) Bio-assay of nitrogen available to two species of phytoplankton in an offshore water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (1). pp. 157-160. Riley, J.P. and Sinhaseni, P. (1957) The determination of ammonia and total ionic inorganic nitrogen in sea water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (1). pp. 161-168. Abbott, B.C. and Ballantine, D. (1957) The toxin from Gymnodinium veneficum Ballantine. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (1). pp. 169-189. Browne, E.T. (1897) On Tubularia crocea in Plymouth Sound. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 5 (1). pp. 54-55. Gooding, R.U. (1957) On some copepoda from Plymouth, mainly associated with invertebrates, including three new species. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (2). pp. 195-221. Burt, W.V. (1957) On the attenuation of light in the sea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (2). pp. 223-226. Steele, J.H. (1957) Notes on oxygen sampling on the Fladen ground. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (2). pp. 227-231. Steele, J.H. (1957) A comparison of plant production estimates using 14C and phosphate data. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (2). pp. 233-241. Llewellyn, J. (1957) The larvae of some monogenetic trematode parasites of Plymouth fishes. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (2). pp. 243-259. Nicol, J.A.C. (1957) Luminescence in polynoids. II. Different modes of response in the elytra. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (2). pp. 261-269. Nicol, J.A.C. (1957) Luminescence in polynoids. III. Propogation of excitation through the nerve cord. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (2). pp. 271-273. Russell, F.S. (1957) On a new species of scyphomedusa, Atolla vanhoffeni n sp. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (2). pp. 275-280. Gotto, R.V. (1957) The biology of a commensal copepod, Ascidicola rosea Thorell, in the ascidian Corella parallelogramma (Muller). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (2). pp. 281-290. Carlisle, D.B. (1957) On the hormonal inhibition of moulting in decapod Crustacea. II. The terminal anecdysis in crabs. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (2). pp. 291-307. Garstang, W. (1897) Hjort's hydrographic studies of the Norwegian fisheries: a review. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 5 (1). pp. 56-71. Phillips Dales, R. (1957) Some quantitative aspects of feeding in sabellid and serpulid fan worms. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (2). pp. 309-316. Armstrong, F.A.J. (1957) Phosphorus and silicon in sea water off Plymouth during 1955. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (2). pp. 317-321. Southward, A.J. (1957) On the behaviour of barnacles. III. Further observations on the influence of temperature and age on cirral activity. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (2). pp. 323-334. Collyer, D.M. (1957) Viability and glycogen reserves in the newly liberated larvae of Ostrea edulis L. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (2). pp. 335-337. Bagenal, T.B. (1957) The breeding and fecundity of the long rough dab, Hippoglossoides platessoides (Fabr.) and the associated cycle in condition. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (2). pp. 339-375. Bagenal, T.B. (1957) Annual variations in fish fecundity. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (2). pp. 377-382. Morton, J.E. and Boney, A.D. and Corner, E.D.S. (1957) The adaptations of Lasaea rubra (Montagu), a small intertidal lamellibranch. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (2). pp. 383-405. Powell, H.T. (1957) Studies in the genus Fucus L. I. Fucus distichus L. emend. Powell. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (2). pp. 407-432. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1957) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36(2). MBA, Plymouth, (UK). Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1957) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36(1). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Meek, A. (1897) An account of the scientific work of the Northumberland Sea Fisheries Committee. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 5 (1). pp. 72-78. Russell, F.S. (1957) On a new medusa, Krampella dubia n.g., n.sp. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (3). pp. 445-447. Corner, E.D.S. and Rigler, F.H. (1957) The loss of mercury from stored sea-water solutions of mercuric chloride. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (3). pp. 449-458. Corner, E.D.S. and Sparrow, B.W. (1957) The modes of action of toxic agents. II. Factors influencing the toxicities of mercury compounds to certain Crustacea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (3). pp. 459-472. Mason, J. (1957) The age and growth of the scallop, Pecten maximus (L.), in Manx waters. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (3). pp. 473-492. Evans, F. (1957) Sea currents off the Northumberland coast. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (3). pp. 493-499. Fisher, L.R. and Kon, S.K. and Thompson, S.Y. (1957) Vitamin A and carotenoids in certain invertebrates. VI Crustacea: Penaeidea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (3). pp. 501-507. Armstrong, F.A.J. (1957) The iron content of sea water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (3). pp. 509-517. Boalch, G.T. (1957) Marine algal zonation and substratum in Beer Bay, south-east Devon. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (3). pp. 519-528. Nicol, J.A.C. (1957) Spectral composition of the light of polynoid worms. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (3). pp. 529-538. Shelbourne, J.E. (1957) The feeding and condition of plaice larvae in good and bad plankton patches. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (3). pp. 539-552. Dunn, M. and Holt, E.W.L. (1897) Gadus esmarkii, Nilsson, the Norway pout, an addition to the fish fauna of the English south-western district. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 5 (1). pp. 79-81. Freeman, R.F.H. and Rigler, F.H. (1957) The responses of Scrobicularia plana (da Costa) to osmotic pressure changes. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (3). pp. 553-567. Kabata, Z. (1957) Lernaeocera obtusa n.sp., a hitherto undescribed parasite of the haddock (Gadus aeglefinus L.). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (3). pp. 569-592. Hart, T.J. (1957) Notes on practical methods for the study of marine diatoms. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (3). pp. 593-597. Naylor, E. (1957) The occurrence of Idotea metallica Bosc in British waters. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (3). pp. 599-602. Alexandrowicz, J.S. and Whitear, M. (1957) Receptor elements in the coxal region of Decapoda Crustacea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (3). pp. 603-628. Nicol, J.A.C. (1957) Spectral composition of the light of Chaetopterus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (3). pp. 629-642. Parke, M. and Ballantine, D. (1957) A new marine dinoflagellate Exuviaella mariae-lebouriae n.sp. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (3). pp. 643-650. Denton, E.J. and Warren, F.J. (1957) The photosensitive pigments in the retinae of deep-sea fish. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (3). pp. 651-662. Powell, H.T. (1957) Studies in the genus Fucus L. II. Distribution and ecology of forms of Fucus distichus L. emend. Powell in Britain and Ireland. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (3). pp. 663-693. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1957) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36(3). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Holt, E.W.L. (1897) Remarks on Dr. Petersen's report of the Danish Biological Station for 1895. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 5 (1). pp. 82-88. Frost, M T and Jefferson, R and Hawkins, S J (2006) The evaluation of time series: their scientific value and contribution to policy needs. Occasional Publication of the Marine Biological Association 22. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, Plymouth (UK). Holt, E.W.L. (1897) Notes and memoranda. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 5 (1). pp. 89-91. Cooper, L.H.N. (1958) Sea temperatures in Plymouth Sound. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (1). pp. 1-3. Wilson, D.P. (1958) On some small Ianthina janthina (L.) stranded on the Isles of Scilly, 1957. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (1). pp. 5-8. Murphy, J. and Riley, J.P. (1958) A single-solution method for the determination of soluble phosphate in sea water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (1). pp. 9-14. Kennedy, G.Y. and Dales, R.P. (1958) The function of the heart-body in polychaetes. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (1). pp. 15-31. Nicol, J.A.C. (1958) Luminescence in polynoids. IV. Measurements of light intensity. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (1). pp. 33-41. Nicol, J.A.C. (1958) Spectral composition of the light of Pholas dactylus L. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (1). pp. 43-47. Southward, A.J. (1958) Note on the temperature tolerances of some intertidal animals in relation to environmental temperatures and geographical distribution. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (1). pp. 49-66. Llewellyn, J. (1958) The adhesive mechanisms of monogenetic trematodes: the attachment of species of the Diclidophoridae to the gills of gadoid fishes. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (1). pp. 67-79. Russell, F.S. (1958) Notes on the medusa Amphinema krampi Russell. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (1). pp. 81-84. Holt, E.W.L. (1898) Notes on the reproduction of teleostean fishes in the south-western district. The Journal of the Marine Biological Assocaition of the United Kingdom, 5 (2). pp. 107-155. Corner, E.D.S. and Rigler, F.H. (1958) The modes of action of toxic agents. III. Mercuric chloride and N-amylmercuric chloride on crustaceans. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (1). pp. 85-96. Allen, J.A. (1958) Observations of Cochlodesma praetenue (Pulteney) [Eulamellibranchia]. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (1). pp. 97-112. Green, J. (1958) Eudactylina rachelae n.sp., a copepod parasitic on the electric ray, Torpedo nobiliana Bonaparte. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (1). pp. 113-116. Barrington, E.J.W. (1958) The localization of organically bound iodine in the endostyle of Amphioxus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (1). pp. 117-125. Spencer, C.P. (1958) The chemistry of ethylenediamine tetra-acetic acid in sea water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (1). pp. 127-144. Coles, J.W. (1958) Nematodes parasitic on sea weeds of the genera Ascophyllum and Fucus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (1). pp. 145-155. Crisp, D.J. and Southward, A.J. (1958) The distribution of intertidal organisms along the coasts of the English Channel. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (1). pp. 157-208. Parke, M. and Manton, I. and Clarke, B. (1958) Studies on marine flagellates. IV. Morphology and microanatomy of a new species of Chrysochromulina. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (1). pp. 209-228. Newell, G.E. (1958) The behaviour of Littorina littorea (L.) under natural conditions and its relation to position on the shore. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (1). pp. 229-239. Newell, G.E. (1958) An experimental analysis of the behaviour of Littorina littorea (L.) under natural conditions and in the laboratory. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (1). pp. 241-266. Holt, E.W.L. and Scott, B.A. (1898) A record of the teleostean eggs and larvae observed at Plymouth in 1897. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 5 (2). pp. 156-171. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1958) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37(1). MBA, Plymouth, (UK). Russell, F.S. (1948) The Plymouth Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (3). pp. 761-774. Frederiksen, M. and Edwards, M. and Richardson, A.J. and Halliday, N.C. and Wanless, S. (2006) From plankton to top predators: bottom-up control of a marine food web across four trophic levels. Journal of Animal Ecology, 75. pp. 1259-1268. Authors/Creators UNSPECIFIED (1968) Introduction. A brief chronology of 'Torrey Canyon' events. In: Smith, J.E., (eds). 'Torrey Canyon' pollution and marine life. A report by the Plymouth Laboratory of the Marine biological Association of the United Kingdom. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge (UK), pp. 1-10. ISBN 0 521 07144 5 Duncker, G. (1898) Preliminary report on the results of statistical and ichthyological investigations made at the Plymouth laboratory. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 5 (2). pp. 172-175. Authors/Creators UNSPECIFIED (1968) Oil and detergents. In: Smith, J.E., (eds). 'Torrey Canyon' pollution and marine life. A report by the Plymouth Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge (UK), pp. 11-22. ISBN 0 521 07144 5 Authors/Creators UNSPECIFIED (1968) Sea surveys. In: Smith, J.E., (eds). 'Torrey Canyon' pollution and marine life. A report by the Plymouth Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge (UK), pp. 23-35. ISBN 0 521 07144 5 Authors/Creators UNSPECIFIED (1968) Shore surveys - rocky shores. In: Smith, J.E., (eds). 'Torrey Canyon' pollution and marine life. A report by the Plymouth Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge (UK), pp. 36-74. ISBN 0 521 07144 5 Authors/Creators UNSPECIFIED (1968) Shore surveys - sandy shores and estuaries. In: Smith, J.E., (eds). 'Torrey Canyon' pollution and marine life. A report by the Plymouth Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge (UK), pp. 75-90. ISBN 0 521 07144 5 Authors/Creators UNSPECIFIED (1968) Offshore spread and toxic effects of detergents sprayed on shores. In: Smith, J.E., (eds). 'Torrey Canyon' pollution and marine life. A report by the Plymouth Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, pp. 91-114. ISBN 0 521 07144 5 Authors/Creators UNSPECIFIED (1968) Toxicity experiments. Laboratory investigations into the toxicity of oil and detergents. In: Smith, J.E., (eds). 'Torrey Canyon' pollution and marine life. A report by the Plymouth Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge (UK), pp. 115-149. ISBN 0 521 07144 5 Authors/Creators UNSPECIFIED (1968) The pattern of oil discharge and oil movements following the wreck. In: Smith, J.E., (eds). 'Torrey Canyon' pollution and marine life. A report by the Plymouth Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge (UK), pp. 149-162. ISBN 0 521 07144 5 Authors/Creators UNSPECIFIED (1968) Oil pollution in France and Guernsey. In: Smith, J.E., (eds). 'Torrey Canyon' pollution and marine life. A report by the Plymouth Marine Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge (UK), pp. 163-173. ISBN 0 521 07144 5 Authors/Creators UNSPECIFIED (1968) Some lessons learnt. Summary of main results. In: Smith, J.E., (eds). 'Torrey Canyon' pollution and marine life. A report by the Plymouth Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge (UK), pp. 174-184. ISBN 0 521 07144 5 Browne, E.T. (1898) On keeping medusae alive in an aquarium. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 5 (2). pp. 176-180. Smith, J.E., ed. (1968) 'Torrey Canyon' pollution and marine life. A report by the Plymouth Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge (UK). ISBN 0 521 07144 5 Authors/Creators UNSPECIFIED (1968) Bibliography. In: Smith, E.J., (eds). 'Torrey Canyon' pollution and marine life. A report by the Plymouth Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, pp. 185-188. ISBN 0 521 07144 5 Authors/Creators UNSPECIFIED (1968) Index. In: Smith, E.J., (eds). 'Torrey Canyon' pollution and marine life. A report by the Plymouth Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge (UK), pp. 189-196. ISBN 0 521 07144 5 Authors/Creators UNSPECIFIED (1968) Contents. In: Smith, E.J., (eds). 'Torrey Canyon' pollution and marine life. A report by the Plymouth Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge (UK). ISBN 0 521 07144 5 Authors/Creators UNSPECIFIED (1968) List of Plates. In: Smith, E.J., (eds). 'Torrey Canyon' pollution and marine life. A report by the Plymouth Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge (UK). ISBN 0 521 07144 5 Authors/Creators UNSPECIFIED (1968) Preface. In: Smith, E.J., (eds). 'Torrey Canyon' pollution and marine life. A report by the Plymouth Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge (UK), xi-xiv. ISBN 0 521 07144 5 Southward, E.C. and Southward, A.J. (1958) The breeding of Arenicola ecaudata Johnston and A. branchialis Aud. & Edw. at Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (2). pp. 267-286. Morton, J.E. (1958) Observations on the gymnosomatous pteropod Clione limacina (Phipps). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (2). pp. 287-297. Wilson, D.P. (1958) Notes from the Plymouth Aquarium. III. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (2). pp. 299-307. Bagenal, T.B. (1958) The fecundity of Clyde plaice. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (2). pp. 309-313. Holt, E.W.L. (1898) The "bottle-nose ray" (? R. alba Lacep) and its egg-purse. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 5 (2). pp. 181-183. Hedley, R.H. (1958) Tube formation by Pomatoceros triqueter (Polychaeta). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (2). pp. 315-322. Droop, M.R. (1958) Requirement for thiamine among some marine and supra-littoral protista. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (2). pp. 323-329. Wilson, D.P. and Armstrong, F.A.J. (1958) Biological differences between sea waters: experiments in 1954 and 1955. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (2). pp. 331-348. Bainbridge, V. (1958) Some observations on Evadne nordmanni Loven. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (2). pp. 349-370. Armstrong, F.A.J. (1958) Phosphorous and silicon in sea water off Plymouth during 1956. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (2). pp. 371-377. Alexandrowicz, J.S. (1958) Further observations on proprioceptors in Crustacea and a hypothesis about their function. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (2). pp. 379-396. Kain, J.M. and Fogg, G.E. (1958) Studies on the growth of marine phytoplankton. I. Asterionella japonica Gran. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (2). pp. 397-413. Walne, P.R. (1958) The importance of bacteria in laboratory experiments on rearing the larvae of Ostrea edulis (L.). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (2). pp. 415-425. Barnes, H. (1958) The growth rate of Verruca stroemia (O. Muller). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (2). pp. 427-433. Freeman, R.F.H. and Llewellyn, J. (1958) An adult digenetic trematode from an invertebrate host: Proctoeces subtenuis (Linton) from the lamellibranch Scrobicularia plana (da Costa). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (2). pp. 435-457. Dunn, M. and Holt, E.W.L. (1898) On the occurence of large numbers of larval herring at the surface. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 5 (2). pp. 184-185. Marshall, S.M. and Orr, A.P. (1958) On the biology of Calanus finmarchicus X. Seasonal changes in oxygen consumption. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (2). pp. 459-472. Forster, G.R. (1958) Underwater observations on the fauna of shallow rocky areas in the neighbourhood of Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (2). pp. 473-482. Crisp, D.J. (1958) The spread of Elminius modestus Darwin in north-west Europe. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (2). pp. 483-520. Dales, R.P. (1958) Survival of anaerobic periods by two intertidal polychaetes, Arenicola marina (L.) and Owenia fusiformis Delle Chiaje. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (2). pp. 521-529. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1958) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37(2). MBA, Plymouth, (UK). Nicol, J.A.C. (1958) Observations on luminescence in Noctiluca. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (3). pp. 535-549. Nicol, J.A.C. (1958) Observations on the luminescence of Pennatula phosphorea, with a note on the luminescence of Virgularia mirabilis. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (3). pp. 551-563. Hancock, D.A. (1958) Notes on starfish on an Essex oyster bed. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (3). pp. 565-589. Walne, P.R. (1958) Growth of oysters (Ostrea edulis L.). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (3). pp. 591-602. Thomas, H.J. (1958) Observations on the increase in size at moulting in the lobster (Homarus vulgaris M.-Edw.). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (3). pp. 603-606. Browne, E.T. (1898) On the pelagic fauna of Plymouth for September, 1897. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 5 (2). pp. 186-192. Culkin, F. and Riley, J.P. (1958) The occurrence of gallium in marine organisms. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (3). pp. 607-615. Wilson, D.P. (1958) The polychaete Magelona alleni n.sp. and a re-assesment of Magelona cincta Ehlers. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (3). pp. 617-626. Southward, E.C. and Southward, A.J. (1958) On some Pogonophora from the north-east Atlantic, including two new species. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (3). pp. 627-632. Southward, A.J. and Southward, E.C. and Cooper, L.H.N. (1958) On the occurrence and behaviour of two little-known barnacles Hexelasma hirsutum and Verruca recta, from the continental slope. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (3). pp. 633-647. Mason, J. (1958) The breeding of the scallop, Pecten maximus (L.) in Manx waters. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (3). pp. 653-671. Daisley, K.W. (1958) A method for the measurement of vitamin B12 concentration in sea water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (3). pp. 673-681. Daisley, K.W. and Fisher, L.R. (1958) Vertical distribution of vitamin B12 in the sea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (3). pp. 683-686. Millar, R.H. (1958) The breeding season of some littoral ascidians in Scottish waters. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (3). pp. 649-652. Holt, E.W.L. and Garstang, W. and Byrne, L.W. (1898) Notes and memoranda. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 5 (2). pp. 193-198. Burrows, E.M. (1958) Sublittoral algal population in Port Erin Bay, Isle of Man. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (3). pp. 687-703. Nicol, J.A.C. (1958) Observations on luminescence in pelagic animals. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (3). pp. 705-752. Denton, E.J. and Marshall, N.B. (1958) The buoyancy of bathypelagic fishes without a gas-filled swimbladder. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (3). pp. 753-767. Kain, J.M. (1958) Observatons on the littoral algae of the Isle of Wight. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (3). pp. 769-780. Kain, J.M. and Fogg, G.E. (1958) Studies on the growth of marine phytoplankton II. Isochrysis galbana Parke. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (3). pp. 781-788. Needler, M. and Ross, D.M. (1958) Neuromuscular activity in sea anemone Calliactis parasitica (Couch). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (3). pp. 789-805. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1958) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom,37(3). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Mason, J. (1959) The biology of Nicothoe astaci Audouin and Milne Edwards. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (1). pp. 3-16. Cameron, J. (1959) The larval and post-larval stages of Gymnammodytes semisquamatus (Jourdain). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (1). pp. 17-25. Kennedy, G.Y. (1959) A porphyrin pigment in the integument of Arion ater (L.). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (1). pp. 27-32. Garstang, W. (1898) Report on the surface drift of the English Channel and neighbouring seas during 1897. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 5 (2). pp. 199-231. Russell, F.S. (1959) Some observations on the scyphomedusa Atolla. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (1). pp. 33-40. Armstrong, F.A.J. and Butler, E.I. (1959) Chemical changes in sea water off Plymouth during 1957. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (1). pp. 41-45. Jones, W.E. (1959) The growth and fruiting of Gracilaria verrucosa (Hudson) Papenfuss. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (1). pp. 47-56. Spooner, G.M. (1959) The occurrence of Microcharon in the Plymouth offshore bottom fauna, with description of a new species. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (1). pp. 57-63. Gilpin-Brown, J.B. (1959) The reproduction and larval development of Nereis fucata (Savigny). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (1). pp. 65-80. Barry, R.J.C. and Munday, K.A. (1959) Carbohydrate levels in Patella. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (1). pp. 81-95. Carlisle, D.B. and Denton, E.J. (1959) On the metamorphosis of the visual pigments of Anguilla anguilla (L.). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (1). pp. 97-102. Atkins, D. (1959) The growth stages of the lophophore of the brachiopods Platidia davidsoni (Eudes Deslongchamps) and P. anomioides (Philippi), with notes on the feeding mechanism. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (1). pp. 103-132. Atkins, D. (1959) A new species of Platidia (Brachiopoda) from the La Chapelle Bank region. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (1). pp. 133-142. Wiersma, C.A.G. (1959) Movement receptors in decapod Crustacea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (1). pp. 143-152. Jones, W.E. (1959) Experiments on some effects of certain environmental factors on Gracilaria verrucosa (Hudson) Papenfuss. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (1). pp. 153-167. Parke, M. and Manton, I. and Clarke, B. (1959) Studies on marine flagellates. V. Morphology and microanatomy of Chrysochromulina strobilus sp.nov. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (1). pp. 169-188. Allen, J.A. (1959) On the biology of Pandalus borealis Kroeyer, with reference to a population off the Northumberland coast. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (1). pp. 189-220. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1959) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38(1). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Morton, J.E. (1959) The habits and feeding organs of Dentalium entalis. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (2). pp. 225-238. Thompson, T.E. (1959) Feeding in nudibranch larvae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (2). pp. 239-248. Kabata, Z. (1959) Ecology of the genus Acanthochondria Oakley (Copepoda). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (2). pp. 249-261. Krishnaswamy, S. (1959) Respiration in Chondracanthus zei De La Roche (Copepoda). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (2). pp. 263-266. Boney, A.D. and Corner, E.D.S. (1959) Application of toxic agents in the study of the ecological resistance of intertidal red algae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (2). pp. 267-275. Garstang, W. (1898) On the variation, races and migrations of the mackerel (Scomber scomber). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 5 (3). pp. 235-295. Yonge, C.M. (1959) On the structure, biology and systematic position of Pharus legumen (L.). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (2). pp. 277-290. Fisher, L.R. and Goldie, E.H. (1959) The food of Meganyctiphanes norvegica (M.Sars), with an assessment of the contributions if its components to the vitamin A reserves of the animal. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (2). pp. 291-312. Stride, A.H. (1959) A linear pattern on the sea floor and its interpretation. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (2). pp. 313-318. Manton, I. (1959) Electron microscopical observations on a very small flagellate: the problem of Chromulina pusilla Butcher. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (2). pp. 319-333. Atkins, D. (1959) The early growth stages and adult structure of the lophophore of Macandrevia cranium (Müller) (Brachiopoda, Dallinidae). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (2). pp. 335-350. Carlisle, D.B. (1959) Moulting hormones in Palaemon (=Leander) (Crustacea Decapoda). II. Differences between populations. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (2). pp. 351-359. Forster, G.R. (1959) The ecology of Echinus esculentus L. Quantitative distribution and rate of feeding. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (2). pp. 361-367. Ralph, P.M. (1959) Notes on the species of the pteromedusan genus Tetraplatia Busch, 1851. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (2). pp. 369-379. Carlisle, D.B. (1959) On the sexual biology of Pandalus borealis (Crustacea Decapoda). I. Histology of incretory elements. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (2). pp. 381-394. Howie, D.I.D. (1959) The spawning of Arenicola marina (L.) I. The breeding season. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (2). pp. 395-406. Holt, E.W.L. (1898) Report on trawling in bays on the south coast of Devon. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 5 (3). pp. 296-321. Woodhead, A.D. (1959) Variations in the activity of the thyroid gland of the cod, Gadus callarias L., in relation to its migrations in the Barents Sea. I Seasonal changes. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (2). pp. 407-415. Woodhead, A.D. (1959) Variations in the activity of the thyroid gland of the cod, Gadus callarias L., in relation to its migrations in the Barents Sea. II. The ‘dummy run’ of the immature fish. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (2). pp. 417-422. Barnes, H. (1959) Sea surface temperatures at Millport. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (2). pp. 423-424. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1959) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom,38(2). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Crisp, D.J. and Southward, A.J. (1959) The further spread of Elminius modestus in the British Isles to 1959. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (3). pp. 429-437. Southward, E.C. (1959) Two new species of Pogonophora from the north-east Atlantic. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (3). pp. 439-444. Parrish, B.B. and Saville, A. and Craig, R.E. and Baxter, I.G. and Priestley, R. (1959) Observations on herring spawning and larval distribution in the Firth of Clyde in 1958. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (3). pp. 445-453. Yoshida, M. (1959) Napthaquinone pigments in Psammechinus miliaris (Gmelin). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (3). pp. 455-460. Llewellyn, J. (1959) The larval development of two species of gastrocotylid trematode parasites from the gills of Trachurus trachurus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (3). pp. 461-467. Nicol, J.A.C. (1959) Digestion in sea anemones. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (3). pp. 469-476. Nicol, J.A.C. (1959) Studies of luminescence. Attraction of animals to a weak light. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (3). pp. 477-479. Carlisle, D.B. (1959) On the sexual biology of Pandalus borealis (Crustacea Decapoda). II. The termination of the male phase. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (3). pp. 481-491. Carlisle, D.B. (1959) On the sexual biology of Pandalus borealis (Crustacea Decapoda). III. The initiation of the female phase. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (3). pp. 493-506. Thompson, T.E. and Slinn, D.J. (1959) On the biology of the opisthobranch Pleurobranchus membranaceus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (3). pp. 507-524. Holme, N.A. (1959) A hopper for use when sieving bottom samples at sea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (3). pp. 525-528. Evans, F. (1959) Wind currents, tidal streams and plankton off the Northumberland coast. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (3). pp. 529-541. Krishnaswamy, S. (1959) A new species of copepod from the Eddystone shell gravel. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (3). pp. 543-546. Wilson, D.P. (1959) The polychaete Magelona filiformis sp. nov. and notes on other species of Magelona. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (3). pp. 547-556. Holme, N.A. (1959) The British species of Lutraria (Lamellibranchia), with a description of L. angustior Philippi. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (3). pp. 557-568. Arnold, D.C. (1959) The reactions of the limpet, Patella vulgata L., to certain of the ionic constituents of sea water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (3). pp. 569-580. Gibbs, H. (1898) Notes on Pontobdella muricata. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 5 (3). pp. 330-332. Barnes, H. and Barnes, M. (1959) Some parameters of growth in the common intertidal barnacle, Balanus balanoides (L.). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (3). pp. 581-587. Patel, B. (1959) The influence of temperature on the reproduction and moulting of Lepas anatifera L. under laboratory conditions. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (3). pp. 589-597. Droop, M.R. (1959) A note on some physical conditions for cultivating Oxyrrhis marina. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (3). pp. 599-604. Droop, M.R. (1959) Water-soluble factors in the nutrition of Oxyrrhis marina. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (3). pp. 605-620. Forster, G.R. (1959) The biology of the prawn, Palaemon (=Leander) serratus (Pennant). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (3). pp. 621-627. MBA (1959) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38(3). MBA, Plymouth (UK). Dreanno, C. and Matsumura, K. and Dohmae, N. and Takio, K. and Hirota, H. and Kirby, R.R. and Clare, A.S. (2006) An alpha 2-macroglobulin-like protein is the cue to gregarious settlement of the barnacle Balanus amphitrite. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 103 (39). pp. 14396-14401. ISSN 0027-8424 Clarke, M.R. (1978) Structure and proportions of the spermaceti organ in the sperm whale. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 58 (1). pp. 1-17. Clarke, M.R. (1978) Physical properties of spermaceti oil in the sperm whale. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 58 (1). pp. 19-26. Holt, E.W.L. and Byrne, L.W. (1898) Notes on the reproduction of teleostean fishes in the south-western district. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 5 (3). pp. 333-340. Clarke, M.R. (1978) Buoyancy control as a function of the spermaceti organ in the sperm whale. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 58 (1). pp. 27-71. Russell, F.S. (1978) A postlarva of an unknown fish from the West coast of Scotland. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 58 (1). pp. 87-88. Pingree, R.D. (1978) The formation of the shambles and other banks by tidal stirring of the seas. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 58 (1). pp. 211-226. Parke, M. and Boalch, G.T. and Jowett, R. and Harbour, D.S. (1978) The genus Pterosperma (Prasinophyceae): species with a single equatorial ala. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 58 (1). pp. 239-276. Bryan, G.W. and Uysal, H. (1978) Heavy metals in the burrowing bivalve Scrobicularia plana from the Tamar estuary in relation to environmental levels. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 58 (1). pp. 89-108. Morton, J.E. (1960) The responses and orientation of the bivalve Lasaea rubra Montagu. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (1). pp. 5-26. Nicol, J.A.C. (1960) Spectral composition of the light of the Lantern-fish, Myctophum punctatum. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (1). pp. 27-32. Kain, J.M. and Fogg, G.E. (1960) Studies on the growth of marine phytoplankton III. Prorocentrum micans Ehrenberg. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (1). pp. 33-50. Corner, E.D.S. and Leon, Y.A. and Bulbrook, R.D. (1960) Steroid sulphatase, arylsulphatase and β-glucuronidase in marine invertebrates. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (1). pp. 51-61. Green, J. (1960) A check list of British marine Halacaridae (Acari), with notes on two species of the sub-family Rhombognathinae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (1). pp. 63-69. Holt, E.W.L. and Beaumont, W.I. and Garstang, W. (1898) Notes and memoranda. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 5 (3). pp. 343-347. Atkins, D. (1960) A new species and genus of Brachiopoda from the Western Approaches, and the growth stages of the lophophore. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (1). pp. 71-89. Atkins, D. (1960) A note on Dallina septigera (Lovén) (Brachiopoda, Dallinidae). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (1). pp. 91-99. Hartnoll, R.G. (1960) Entionella monensis sp.nov., an entoniscid parasite of the spider crab Eurynome aspera (Pennant). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (1). pp. 101-107. Nicol, J.A.C. (1960) Histology of the light organs of Pholas dactylus (Lamellibranchia). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (1). pp. 109-114. Thompson, T.E. (1960) Defensive acid-secretion in marine gastropods. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (1). pp. 115-122. Thompson, T.E. (1960) Defensive adaptations in opisthobranchs. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (1). pp. 123-134. Marshall, S.M. and Orr, A.P. (1960) On the biology of Calanus finmarchicus. XI Observations on vertical migration especially in female Calanus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (1). pp. 135-147. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1960) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39(1). Cambridge University Press, Plymouth, (UK). Spooner, G.M. (1960) Mrs E.W. Sexton, F.L.S. (1868-1959): Obituary. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (1). pp. 1-4. Allen, E.J. (1899) On the fauna and bottom-deposits near the thirty-fathom line from the Eddystone Grounds to Start Point. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 5 (4). pp. 365-542. Cooper, L.H.N. (1960) W.R.G. Atkins, C.B.E., O.B.E.(Mil.), Sc.D., F.R.I.C., F.INST.P., F.R.S. 1884-1959: Obituary. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (2). pp. 153-154. Cooper, L.H.N. (1960) Some theorems and procedures in shallow-water oceanography applied to the Celtic Sea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (2). pp. 155-171. Cooper, L.H.N. (1960) The water flow into the English Channel from the south-west. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (2). pp. 173-208. Cooper, L.H.N. (1960) Massive upward displacement in the deep ocean. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (2). pp. 209-215. Steele, J.H. and Yentsch, C.S. (1960) The vertical distribution of chlorophyll. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (2). pp. 217-226. Boden, B.P. and Kampa, E.M. and Snodgrass, J.M. (1960) Underwater daylight measurements in the Bay of Biscay. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (2). pp. 227-238. Raymont, J.E.G. and Krishnaswamy, S. (1960) Carbohydrates in some marine planktonic animals. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (2). pp. 239-248. Bagenal, T.B. (1960) The fecundity of English Channel plaice. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (2). pp. 249-254. Bagenal, T.B. (1960) The fecundity of plaice from the south and west coasts of Ireland. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (2). pp. 255-262. Parke, M. and Adams, I. (1960) The motile (Crystallolithus hyalinus Gaarder & Markali) and non-motile phases in the life history of Coccolithus pelagicus (Wallich) Schiller. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (2). pp. 263-274. Garstang, W. (1900) The impoverishment of the sea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 6 (1). pp. 1-69. Manton, I. and Parke, M. (1960) Further observations on small green flagellates with special reference to possible relatives of Chromulina pusilla Butcher. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (2). pp. 275-298. Armstrong, F.A.J. and Butler, E.I. (1960) Chemical changes in sea water off Plymouth during 1958. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (2). pp. 299-302. Russell, F.S. and Rees, W.J. (1960) The viviparous scyphomedusa Stygiomedusa fabulosa Russell. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (2). pp. 303-317. Spooner, G.M. (1960) The occurrence of Ingolfiella in the Eddystone shell gravel, with description of a new species. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (2). pp. 319-329. Dixon, P.S. (1960) Studies on marine algae of the British Isles: the genus Ceramium. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (2). pp. 331-374. Dixon, P.S. (1960) Studies on marine algae of the British Isles: Ceramium shuttleworthianum (Kutz.) Silva. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (2). pp. 375-390. Wilson, D.P. (1960) The new aquarium and new sea-water circulation systems at the Plymouth Laboratory. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (2). pp. 391-412. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1960) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom,39(2). Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. Clark, P.F. and Rainbow, P.S. and Robbins, R.S. and Smith, B. and Yeomans, W.E. and Thomas, M. and Dobson, G. (1998) The alien Chinese mitten crab, Eriocheir sinensis (Crustacea: Decapoda: Brachyura), in the Thames catchment. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 78 (4). pp. 1215-1221. Wilson, D.P. (1960) William H. Searle, B.E.M.: Obituary. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (3). pp. 417-418. Garstang, W. (1900) Preliminary experiments on the rearing of sea fish larvae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 6 (1). pp. 70-93. Alexandrowicz, J.S. (1960) A muscle receptor organ in Eledone cirrhosa. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (3). pp. 419-431. Bentley, J.A. (1960) Plant hormones in marine phytoplankton, zooplankton and sea water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (3). pp. 433-444. Allen, J.A. (1960) The ligament of Cochlodesma praetenue (Pulteney). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (3). pp. 445-447. Southward, A.J. (1960) On changes of sea temperature in the English Channel. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (3). pp. 449-458. Atkins, D. (1960) The ciliary feeding mechanism of the Megathyridae (Brachiopoda), and the growth stages of the lophophore. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (3). pp. 459-479. Allen, J.A. (1960) On the biology of Crangon allmani Kinahan in Northumberland waters. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (3). pp. 481-508. Millar, R.H. (1960) The identity of the ascidians Styela mammiculata Carlisle and S.clava Herdman. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (3). pp. 509-511. Barrington, E.J.W. and Barron, N. (1960) On the organic binding of iodine in the tunic of Ciona intestinalis L. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (3). pp. 513-523. Armstrong, F.A.J. and Butler, E.I. (1960) Chemical changes in sea water off Plymouth during 1959. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (3). pp. 525-528. Nicol, J.A.C. (1960) Studies on luminescence. On the subocular light-organs of stomiatoid fishes. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (3). pp. 529-548. Willey, A. (1900) On Maclovia iricolor (Montagu). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 6 (1). pp. 98-100. Buchanan, J.B. and Hedley, R.H. (1960) A contribution to the biology of Astrorhiza limicola (Foraminifera). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (3). pp. 549-560. Llewellyn, J. (1960) Amphibdellid (monogenean) parasites of electric rays (Torpedinidae). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (3). pp. 561-589. Blaxter, J.H.S. (1960) The effect of extremes of temperature on herring larvae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (3). pp. 605-608. Holliday, F.G.T. and Blaxter, J.H.S. (1960) The effects of salinity on the developing eggs and larvae of the herring. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (3). pp. 591-603. Kain, J.M. (1960) Direct observations on some Manx sublittoral algae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (3). pp. 609-630. Silva, P.C. and Irvine, D.E.G. (1960) Codium amphibium: a species of doubtful validity. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (3). pp. 631-636. Cooper, L.H.N. (1960) Exchanges of water between the English and Bristol Channels around Lands End. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (3). pp. 637-658. Cooper, L.H.N. and Lawford, A.L. and Veley, V.F.C. (1960) On variations in the current at the Seven Stones Light Vessel. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (3). pp. 659-665. Trybom, F. (1900) International Conference for the Exploration of the Sea, Stockholm, 1899. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 6 (1). pp. 101-114. Patel, B. and Crisp, D.J. (1960) The influence of temperature on the breeding and the moulting activities of some warm-water species of operculate barnacles. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (3). pp. 667-680. Preston, A. (1960) Red blood values in the plaice (Pleuronectes platessa L.). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (3). pp. 681-687. Krishnaswamy, S. (1960) On the toleration of anaerobic conditions by Caligus diaphanus Nordmann. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (3). pp. 689-691. Dales, R.P. (1960) On the pigments of the Chrysophyceae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (3). pp. 693-699. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1960) Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39(3). Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. Allen, E.J. (1928) Arthur Everett Shipley. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (1). 361. Allen, E.J. (1928) Walter Campbell De Morgan. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (1). pp. 362-364. Allen, E.J. (1940) Miss A.R. Clark: Obituary. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24 (2). 459. Allen, E.J. (1906) Professor W.F.R. Weldon, F.R.S. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 7 (3). pp. 331-332. Cunningham, J.T. and Hubrecht, A.A.W. (1889) Notes and memoranda. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 1 (1). pp. 92-106. Allen, E.J. (1913) George Herbert Grosvenor. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (4). 598. Denton, E. (1999) Obituary. Professor Sir Alan Hodgkin OM, FRS (1914-1998). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 79 (1). pp. 187-189. Hardy, A.C. (1951) Walter Garstang, 1868-1949. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (3). pp. 561-566. Unknown, unknown (1890) C. Spence Bate, Esq., F.R.S. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 1 (3). 220. Lankester, E.R. (1895) The Right Hon. Thomas Henry Huxley. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (1). pp. 1-2. Pantin, C.F.A. (1947) Obituary: Alec Sand F.R.S. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (4). pp. 465-466. Allen, E.J. and Todd, R.A. (1900) The fauna of the Salcombe estuary. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 6 (2). pp. 151-217. Russell, F.S. (1961) On a new deep-water trachymedusa. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (1). pp. 1-3. Corner, E.D.S. (1961) On the nutrition and metabolism of zooplankton I. Preliminary observations on the feeding of the marine copepod, Calanus helgolandicus (Claus). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (1). pp. 5-16. Southward, A.J. (1961) The distribution of some plankton animals in the English Channel and Western approaches I. Samples taken with stramin nets in 1955 and 1957. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (1). pp. 17-35. Scarratt, D.J. (1961) A pressurizing device for a camera case designed for use in shallow water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (1). pp. 77-80. Atkins, D. (1961) The generic position of the brachiopod Megerlia echinata (Fischer & Oehlert). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (1). pp. 89-94. Atkins, D. (1961) The growth stages and adult structure of the lophophore of the brachiopods Megerlia truncata (L.) and M. echinata (Fischer & Oehlert). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (1). pp. 95-111. Hodgson, T.V. (1900) The Amphinomidae, Aphroditidae, Polynoidae, and Sigalionidae of Plymouth and the English Channel. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 6 (2). pp. 218-259. Boney, A.D. (1961) A note on the intertidal lichen Lichina pygmaea AG. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (1). pp. 123-126. Manton, I. and Leedale, G.F. (1961) Further observations on the fine structure of Chrysochromulina ericina Parke & Manton. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (1). pp. 145-155. Forster, G.R. (1961) An underwater survey on the Lulworth Banks. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (1). pp. 157-160. Binyon, J. (1961) Salinity tolerance and permeability to water of the starfish Asterias rubens L. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (1). pp. 161-174. Greenhalgh, R. and Riley, J.P. (1961) Perchlorate in sea water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (1). pp. 175-186. Wallace, H. (1961) The breeding and development of Styela mammiculata Carlisle. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (1). pp. 187-190. Southward, A.J. (1962) The distribution of some plankton animals in the English Channel and approaches. II. Surveys with the Gulf III high-speed sampler, 1958-60. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 42 (2). pp. 275-375. Garstang, W. (1900) The plague of octopus on the South coast, and its effect on the crab and lobster fisheries. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 6 (2). pp. 260-273. Cooper, L.H.N. (1961) The oceanography of the Celtic Sea. I. Wind drift. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United |Kingdom, 41 (2). pp. 223-233. Cooper, L.H.N. (1961) The oceanography of the Celtic Sea. II. Conditions in the Spring of 1950. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (2). pp. 235-270. Nicol, J.A.C. (1961) The tapetum in Scyliorhinus canicula. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (2). pp. 271-277. Boalch, G.T. (1961) Studies on Ectocarpus in culture. I. Introduction and methods of obtaining uni-algal and bacteria-free cultures. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (2). pp. 279-286. Boalch, G.T. (1961) Studies on Ectocarpus in culture. II. Growth and nutrition of a bacteria-free culture. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (2). pp. 287-304. Fraser, J.H. (1961) The survival of larval fish in the northern North Sea according to the quality of the sea water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (2). pp. 305-312. Denton, E.J. and Gilpin-Brown, J.B. (1961) The buoyancy of the cuttlefish, Sepia officinalis (L). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (2). pp. 319-342. Denton, E.J. and Gilpin-Brown, J.B. (1961) The effect of light on the buoyancy of the cuttlefish. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (2). pp. 343-350. Denton, E.J. and Gilpin-Brown, J.B. and Howarth, J.V. (1961) The osmotic mechanism of the cuttlebone. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (2). pp. 351-363. Garstang, W. (1900) Notes and memoranda. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 6 (2). pp. 274-276. Denton, E.J. and Gilpin-Brown, J.B. (1961) The distribution of gas and liquid within the cuttlebone. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (2). pp. 365-381. Holme, N.A. (1961) The bottom fauna of the English Channel. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (2). pp. 397-461. Manton, I. and Leedale, G.F. (1961) Further observations on the fine structure of Chrysochromulina minor and C. kappa with special reference to the pyrenoids. Journal of the Marine Biological Association ot the United Kingdom, 41 (2). pp. 519-526. Cooper, L.H.N. (1961) Comparison between three methods of measuring underwater illumination in coastal waters. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (3). pp. 535-550. Bryan, G.W. (1961) The accumulation of radioactive caesium in crabs. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (3). pp. 551-575. Dorsett, D.A. (1961) The behaviour of Polydora ciliata (Johnst.). Tube-building and burrowing. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (3). pp. 577-590. Armstrong, F.A.J. and Boalch, G.T. (1961) The ultra-violet absorption of sea water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (3). pp. 591-597. Williams, H.H. (1961) Observations on Echeneibothrium maculatum (Cestoda: Tetraphyllidea). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (3). pp. 631-652. Orton, J.H. and Southward, A.J. (1961) Studies on the biology of limpets. IV. The breeding of Patella depressa Pennant on the North Cornish Coast. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (3). pp. 653-662. Wilson, D.P. and Armstrong, F.A.J. (1961) Biological differences between sea waters: experiments in 1960. Journmal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (3). pp. 663-681. Holt, E.W.L. (1898) The great silver smelt, Argentina silus, Nilss. An addition to the list of British fishes. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 5 (3). pp. 341-342. Collyer, D.M. (1961) Differences revealed by paper partition chromatography between the gastropod Nassarius reticulatus (L.) and specimens believed to be N. nitida (Jeffreys). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (3). pp. 683-693. Nicol, J.A.C. (1961) Photomechanical changes in the eyes of fishes. I. Retinomotor changes in Solea solea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (3). pp. 695-698. Holme, N.A. (1961) Notes on the mode of life of the Tellinidae (Lamellibranchia). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (3). pp. 699-703. Holme, N.A. (1961) Shell form in Venerupis rhomboides. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (3). pp. 705-722. Eltringham, S.K. (1961) The effect of salinity upon the boring activity and survival of Limnoria (Isopoda). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (3). pp. 785-797. Cushing, D.H. (1961) On the failure of the Plymouth herring fishery. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the the United Kingdom, 41 (3). pp. 799-816. Naylor, E. and Slinn, D.J. and Spooner, G.M. (1961) Observations on the British species of Jaera (Isopoda: Asellota). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (3). pp. 817-828. Fontaine, A.R. (1962) The colours of Ophiocomina nigra (Abildgaard). I. Colour variation and its relation to distribution. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 42 (1). pp. 1-8. Fontaine, A.R. (1962) The colours of Ophiocomina nigra (Abildgaard). II. The occurrence of melanin and fluorescent pigments. Journaol of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 42 (1). pp. 9-31. Fontaine, A.R. (1962) The colours of Ophiocomina nigra (Abildgaard). III. Carotenoid pigments. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 42 (1). pp. 33-47. Allen, E.J. and Todd, R.A. (1902) The fauna of the Exe Estuary. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 6 (3). pp. 295-335. Binyon, J. (1962) Ionic regulation and mode of adjustment to reduced salinity of the starfish Asterias rubens L. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 42 (1). pp. 49-64. Boney, A.D. and Corner, E.D.S. (1962) The effect of light on the growth of sporelings of the intertidal red alga Plumaria elegans (Bonnem.) Schm. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 42 (1). pp. 65-92. Kearn, G.C. (1962) Breathing movements in Entobdella soleae (Trematoda, Monogenea) from the skin of the common sole. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 42 (1). pp. 93-104. Atkins, D. and Rudwick, M.J.S. (1962) The lophophore and ciliary feeding mechanisms of the brachiopod Crania anomala (Muller). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 42 (3). pp. 469-480. Rayns, D.G. (1962) Alternation of generations in a coccolithophorid, Cricosphaera carterae (Braarud & Fagerl.) Braarud. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 42 (3). pp. 481-484. Forster, G.R. (1962) Observations on the ormer population of Guernsey. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 42 (3). pp. 493-498. Coupland, A.C. (1962) The taxonomy of monogenean gill parasites from Scyliorhinus canicula and Raia clavata at Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 42 (3). pp. 521-526. Roberts, M.B.V. (1962) The rapid response of Myxicola infundibulum (Grube). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 42 (3). pp. 527-539. Clarke, G.L. and Conover, R.J. and David, C.N. and Nicol, J.A.C. (1962) Comparative studies of luminescence in copepods and other pelagic marine animals. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 42 (3). pp. 541-564. Manton, I. and Parke, M. (1962) Preliminary observations on scales and their mode of origin in Chrysochromulina polylepis sp.nov. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 42 (3). pp. 565-578. Worth, R.H. (1902) The foraminifera of the Exe Estuary. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 6 (3). pp. 336-343. Boney, A.D. and Corner, E.D.S. (1962) On the effects of some carcinogenic hydrocarbons on the growth of sporelings of marine red algae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 42 (3). pp. 579-585. Llewellyn, J. (1962) The life histories and population dynamics of monogenean gill parasites of Trachurus trachurus (L.). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 42 (3). pp. 587-600. De Silva, P.H.D.H. and Knight-Jones, E.W. (1962) Spirorbis corallinae n.sp. and some other Spirorbinae (Serpulidae) common on British shores. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 42 (3). pp. 601-608. Gee, J.M. and Knight-Jones, E.W. (1962) The morphology and larval behaviour of a new species of Spirorbis (Serpulidae). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 42 (3). pp. 641-654. Lewis, J.G.E. (1962) The ecology, distribution and taxonomy of the centipedes found on the shore in the Plymouth area. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 42 (3). pp. 655-664. Wieser, W. (1962) Adaptations of two intertidal isopods. I. Respiration and feeding in Naesa bidentata (Adams) (Sphaeromatidae). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 42 (3). pp. 665-682. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1962) Report of the Council for 1961-62. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 42 (3). pp. 709-736. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1962) Marine Biological Association list of Governors, Founders, Members, Honorary and Associate Members. 1962. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 42 (3). pp. 737-776. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1961) Report of the Council 1960-61. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 41 (3). pp. 837-865. Wolfenden, R.N. (1902) The plankton of the Faroe Channel and Shetlands. Preliminary notes on some Radiolaria and Copepoda. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 6 (3). pp. 344-372. Hiscock, K. and Oakley, J. (2005) English Channel towed sledge seabed images. Phase 2: Analysis of selected tow images. Project Report. Marine Biological Association, Plymouth, UK. Oakley, J. and Hiscock, K. (2005) English Channel towed sledge seabed images. Phase 1: scoping study and example analysis. Project Report. Marine Biological Association, Plymouth, UK. Langston, W.J. and Chesman, B.S. and Burt, G.R. and Hawkins, S.J. and Readman, J. and Worsfold, P. (2003) Characterisation of the South West European Marine Sites: Chesil and the Fleet cSAC, SPA. Occasional Publication of the Marine Biological Association 11. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, Plymouth (UK). Ager, O.E.D. and Heard, J. and Parr, J.R. (2005) Summary of time requirements and potential improvements for Marine Recorder data entry. Project Report. Marine Biological Association, Plymouth, UK. Lance, J. (1962) Effects of water of reduced salinity on the vertical migration of zooplankton. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 42 (2). pp. 131-154. Carlisle, D.B. (1962) On the venom of the lesser weeverfish, Trachinus vipera. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 42 (2). pp. 155-162. Southward, A.J. (1962) On the behaviour of barnacles. IV The influence of temperature on cirral activity and survival of some warm-water species. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 42 (2). pp. 163-177. Bryan, G.W. and Ward, E. (1962) Potassium metabolism and the accumulation of 137caesium by decapod crustacea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 62 (2). pp. 199-241. Armstrong, F.A.J. and Butler, E.I. (1962) Chemical changes in sea water off Plymouth during 1960. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 42 (2). pp. 253-258. Dales, R.P. (1962) The nature of the pigments in the crowns of sabellid and serpulid polychaetes. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 42 (2). pp. 259-274. Thompson, J.S. (1902) The periodic growth of scales in Gadidae and Pleuronectidae as an index of age. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 6 (3). pp. 373-375. Russell, F.S. (1962) On the scyphomedusa Poralia rufescens Vanhoffen. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 42 (2). pp. 387-390. Parke, M. and Manton, I. (1962) Studies on marine flagellates. VI. Chrysochromulina pringsheimii sp.nov. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 42 (2). pp. 391-404. Alexandrowicz, J.S. (1962) An accessory organ of the circulatory system in Sepia and Loligo. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 42 (2). pp. 405-418. Armstrong, F.A.J. and Butler, E.I. (1962) Hydrographic surveys off Plymouth in 1959 and 1960. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 42 (2). pp. 445-463. Southward, A.J. (1963) The distribution of some plankton animals in the English Channel and approaches. III. Theories about long-term biological changes, including fish. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 43 (1). pp. 1-29. Bone, Q. (1963) Some observations upon the peripheral nervous system of the hagfish, Myxine glutinosa. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 43 (1). pp. 31-47. Binyon, J. and Lewis, J.G.E. (1963) Physiological adaptations of two species of centipede (Chilopoda: Geophilomorpha) to life on the shore. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 43 (1). pp. 49-55. Southward, A.J. and Southward, E.C. (1963) Notes on the biology of some Pogonophora. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 43 (1). pp. 57-64. Denton, E.J. and Shaw, T.I. (1963) The visual pigments of some deep-sea elasmobranchs. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 43 (1). pp. 65-70. Armstrong, F.A.J. and Butler, E.I. (1963) Chemical changes in sea water off Plymouth in 1961. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 43 (1). pp. 75-78. Bidder, G. (1902) Notes on Plymouth sponges. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 6 (3). pp. 376-382. Wieser, W. (1963) Adaptations of two intertidal isopods. II. Comparison between Campecopea hirsuta and Naesa bidentata (Sphaeromatidae). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 43 (1). pp. 97-112. Freeman, R.F.H. (1963) Experimental infection of two species of wrasse with the digenean Proctoeces subtenuis. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 43 (1). pp. 113-123. Harris, J.E. (1963) The role of endogenous rhythms in vertical migration. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 43 (1). pp. 153-166. Manton, I. and Oates, K. and Parke, M. (1963) Observations on the fine structure of the Pyramimonas stage of Halosphaera and preliminary observations on three species of Pyramimonas. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 43 (1). pp. 225-238. Bone, Q. (1971) Obituary. Professor J.S. Alexandrowicz. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 51 (4). pp. 1007-1011. Burrows, M.T. and Hawkins, S.J. and Southward, A.J. (1999) Larval development of the intertidal barnacles Chthamalus stellatus and Chthamalus montagui. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 79 (1). pp. 93-101. ISSN 0025-3154 Gebruk, A.V. and Southward, E.C. and Kennedy, H. and Southward, A.J. (2000) Food sources, behaviour, and distribution of hydrothermal vent shrimps at the Mid-Atlantic Ridge. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 80 (3). pp. 485-499. ISSN 0025-3154 Herbert, R.J.H. and Hawkins, S.J. and Sheader, M. and Southward, A.J. (2003) Range extension and reproduction of the barnacle Balanus perforatus in the eastern English Channel. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 83 (1). pp. 73-82. ISSN 0025-3154 Simkanin, C. and Power, A.-M. and Myers, A. and McGrath, D. and Southward, A. and Mieszkowska, N. and Leaper, R. and O'Riordan, R. (2005) Using historical data to detect temporal changes in the abundances of intertidal species on Irish shores. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 85 (6). pp. 1329-1340. ISSN 0025-3154 Byrne, L.W. (1902) Notes on the young of Blennius galerita, L. (Montagu's blenny). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 6 (3). pp. 383-386. Southward, A.J. and Hiscock, K. and Kerckhof, F. and Moyse, J. and Elfimov, A.S. (2004) Habitat and distribution of the warm-water barnacle Solidobalanus fallax (Crustacea: Cirripedia). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 84 (6). pp. 1169-1177. ISSN 0025-3154 Southward, A.J. and Newman, W.A. (2003) A review of some common Indo-Malayan and western Pacific species of Chthamalus barnacles (Crustacea: Cirripedia). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 83 (4). pp. 797-812. ISSN 0025-3154 Southward, E.C. and Gebruk, A. and Kennedy, H. and Southward, A.J. and Chevaldonne, P. (2001) Different energy sources for three symbiont-dependent bivalve molluscs at the Lagatchve hydrothermal site (Mid Atlantic Ridge). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 81 (4). pp. 655-661. ISSN 0025-3154 Tunnicliffe, V. and Southward, A.J. (2004) Growth and breeding of a primitive stalked barnacle Leucolepas longa (Cirripedia: Scalpellomorpha: Eolepadidae: Neolepadinae) inhabiting a volcanic seamount off Papua New Guinea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 84 (1). pp. 121-132. ISSN 0025-3154 Russell, F.S. (1963) The Plymouth Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 1963. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 43 (2). pp. 281-290. Boney, A.D. and Corner, E.D.S. (1963) The effect of light on the growth of sporelings of the red algae Antithamnion plumula and Brongniartella byssoides. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 43 (2). pp. 319-325. Cowey, C.B. and Corner, E.D.S. (1963) Amino acids and some other nitrogenous compounds in Calanus finmarchicus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 43 (2). pp. 485-493. Cowey, C.B. and Corner, E.D.S. (1963) On the nutrition and metabolism of zooplankton. II. The relationship between the marine copepod Calanus helgolandicus and particulate material in Plymouth sea water, in terms of amino acid composition. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 43 (2). pp. 495-511. Southward, E.C. (1963) On a new species of Siboglinum (Pogonophora), found on both sides of the Atlantic. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 43 (2). pp. 513-517. Bryan, G.W. (1963) The accumulation of radioactive caesium by marine invertebrates. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 43 (2). pp. 519-539. Bell, F.J. (1902) On the occurence of Squilla desmaresti in the North Sea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 6 (3). pp. 387-388. Bryan, G.W. (1963) The accumulation of 137Cs by brackish water invertebrates and its relation to the regulation of potassium and sodium. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 43 (2). pp. 541-565. Southward, E.C. (1963) Some new and little-known serpulid polychaetes from the continental slope. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 43 (3). pp. 573-587. Murray, J.W. (1963) Ecological experiments on Foraminiferida. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 43 (3). pp. 621-642. Boney, A.D. (1963) The effects of 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole on the growth of sporelings of marine red algae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 43 (3). pp. 643-652. Kampa, E.M. and Abbott, B.C. and Boden, B.P. (1963) Some aspects of vision in the lobster, Homarus vulgaris, in relation to the structure of its eye. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 43 (3). pp. 683-699. Holme, N.A. (1963) Some records of sea temperatures in the English Channel in February 1963. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 43 (3). pp. 701-707. Lackey, J.B. and Lackey, E.W. (1963) Microscopic algae and protozoa in the waters near Plymouth in August 1962. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 43 (3). pp. 797-805. Barker, D. (1963) Size in relation to salinity in fossil and recent euryhaline ostracods. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 43 (3). pp. 785-795. Kearn, G.C. (1963) Feeding in some monogenean skin parasites: Entobdella soleae on Solea solea and Acanthocotyle sp. on Raia clavata. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 43 (3). pp. 749-766. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1963) Report of the Council for 1962-63. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 43 (3). pp. 809-834. Nansen, F. and Hjort, J. (1902) The second international conference for the exploration of the sea, Christiania, 1901. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 6 (3). pp. 389-412. Dando, P.R. and Austen, M.C. and Burke, R.A. and Kendall, M.A. and Kennicutt, M.C., II and Judd, A.G. and Moore, D.C. and O'Hara, S.C.M. and Schmaljohann, R. and Southward, A.J. (1991) Ecology of a North Sea pockmark with an active methane seep. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 70 (1). pp. 49-63. ISSN 0171-8630 Dando, P.R. and Southward, A.J. and Southward, E.C. and Terwilliger, N.B. and Terwilliger, R.C. (1985) Sulphur-oxidising bacteria and haemoglobin in gills of the bivalve mollusc Myrtea spinifera. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 23. pp. 85-98. ISSN 0171-8630 Pond, D.W. and Gebruk, A. and Southward, E.C. and Southward, A.J. and Fallick, A.E. and Bell, M.V. and Sargent, J.R. (2000) Unusual fatty acid composition of storage lipids in the bresilioid shrimp Rimicaris exoculata couples the photic zone with MAR hydrothermal vent sites. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 198. pp. 171-179. ISSN 0171-8630 Southward, A.J. and Burton, R.S. and Coles, S.L. and Dando, P.R. and Defelice, R. and Hoover, J. and Parnell, P.E. and Yamaguchi, T. and Newman, W.A. (1998) Invasion of Hawaiian shores by an Atlantic barnacle. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 165. pp. 119-126. ISSN 0171-8630 Southward, A.J. and Southward, E.C. (1992) Distribution of Pogonophora (tube-worms) in British Columbian fjords. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 82 (3). pp. 227-233. ISSN 0171-8630 Spiro, B. and Greenwood, P.B. and Southward, A.J. and Dando, P.R. (1986) 13C/12C ratios in marine invertebrates from reducing sediments: confirmation of nutritional importance of chemoautotrophic endosymbiotic bacteria. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 28. pp. 233-240. ISSN 0171-8630 Gibbs, P.E. and Langston, W.J. and Burt, G.R. and Pascoe, P.L. (1983) Tharyx marioni (Polychaeta): A remarkable accumulator of arsenic. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 63 (2). pp. 313-325. Battaglia, B. and Bryan, G.W. (1964) Some aspects of ionic and osmotic regulation in Tisbe [Copepoda, Harpacticoida] in relation to polymorphism and geographical distribution. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 44 (1). pp. 17-31. Jones, W.C. (1964) Photographic records of living oscular tubes of Leucosolenia variabilis I. The choanoderm boundary, the choanocytes and the pore arrangement. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 44 (1). pp. 67-85. Alexandrowicz, J.S. (1964) The neurosecretory system of the vena cava in Cephalopoda. I. Eledone cirrosa. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 44 (1). pp. 111-132. Russell, F.S. (1964) On Scyphomedusae of the genus Pelagia. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 44 (1). pp. 133-136. Fontaine, A.R. (1964) The integumentary mucous secretions of the ophiuroid Ophiocomina nigra. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 44 (1). pp. 145-162. Denton, E.J. and Taylor, D.W. (1964) The composition of gas in the chambers of the cuttlebone of Sepia officinalis. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 44 (1). pp. 203-207. Parke, M. and Rayns, D.G. (1964) Studies on marine flagellates VII. Nephroselmis gilva sp.nov. and some allied forms. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 44 (1). pp. 209-217. Denton, E.J. and Nicol, J.A.C. (1964) The chorioidal tapeta of some cartilaginous fishes (Chondrichthyes). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 44 (1). pp. 219-258. Blaxter, J.H.S. and Gray, J.A.B. and Best, A.C.G. (1983) Structure and development of the free neuromasts and lateral line system of the herring. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 63 (2). pp. 247-260. Bryan, G.W. and Langston, W.J. and Hummerstone, L.G. and Burt, G.R. and Ho, Y.B. (1983) An assessment of the gastropod, Littorina littorea, as an indicator of heavy-metal contamination in United Kingdom estuaries. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 63 (2). pp. 327-345. Potts, G.W. (1983) The respiration of Onchidoris bilamellata and Archidoris pseudoargus (Doridacea). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 63 (2). pp. 399-407. Morrow, W.J.W. and Harris, J.E. and Davies, D. and Pulsford, A. (1983) Isolation and partial characterization of dogfish (Scyliorhinus canicula) antibody. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 63 (2). pp. 409-418. Forster, G.R. (1964) Line-fishing on the continental slope. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 44 (2). pp. 277-284. Hopkins, J.T. (1964) A study of the diatoms of the Ouse estuary, Sussex. II. The ecology of the mud-flat diatom flora. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 44 (2). pp. 333-341. George, J.D. (1964) On some environmental factors affecting the distribution of Cirriformia tentaculata [Polychaeta] at Hamble. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 44 (2). pp. 373-388. Wheeler, A. and Du Heaume, V. (1964) Notes on the distribution of electric rays (Torpedo spp.) in northern European waters. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 44 (2). pp. 389-395. Parke, M. and Dixon, P.S. (1964) A revised check-list of British marine algae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 44 (2). pp. 499-542. Langston, W.J. and Chesman, B.S. and Burt, G.R. and Campbell, M. and Manning, A. and Jonas, P.J.C. (2007) The Severn Estuary: Sediments, contaminants and biota. Occasional Publication of the Marine Biological Association 19. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, Plymouth, (UK). Garstang, W. and Kyle, H.M. (1903) Report on trawling and other investigations carried out in the Bays on the South-East Coast of Devon during 1901 and 1902. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 6 (4). pp. 435-527. Ryan, K.P. and Nott, J.A. (2007) Electron microscopy at the Marine Biological Association: 1961-2006. Occasional Publication of the Marine Biological Association 23. Marine Biological Association, Plymouth, (UK). Southward, A.J. and Crisp, D.J. (1963) Barnacles of European waters. Catalogue of main marine fouling organisms (found on ships coming into European waters), Volume 1. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development, Paris, (France). Bryan, G.W. (1964) Zinc regulation in the lobster Homarus vulgaris I. Tissue zinc and copper concentrations. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 44 (3). pp. 549-563. Binyon, J. (1964) On the mode of functioning of the water vascular system of Asterias rubens L. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 44 (3). pp. 577-588. Hopkins, J.T. (1964) A study of the diatoms of the Ouse Estuary, Sussex. III. The seasonal variation in the littoral epiphyte flora and the shore plankton. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 44 (3). pp. 613-644. Phillips, F.C. (1964) Metamorphic rocks of the sea floor between Start Point and Dodman Point, S.W. England. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 44 (3). pp. 655-663. Fisher, L.R. and Kon, S.K. and Thompson, S.Y. (1964) Vitamin A and carotenoids in certain invertebrates VII. Crustacea: Copepoda. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 44 (3). pp. 685-692. Holliday, F.G.T. and Blaxter, J.H.S. and Lasker, R. (1964) Oxygen uptake of developing eggs and larvae of the herring (Clupea harengus). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 44 (3). pp. 711-723. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1964) List of Governors, Founders, Members, Honorary and Associate Members. 1964. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 44 (3). pp. 759-805. Kyle, H.M. (1903) Notes on the physical conditions existing within the line from Start Point to Portland. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 6 (4). pp. 528-540. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1964) Report of the Council for 1963-64. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 44 (3). pp. 807-833. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1928) List of publications recording the results of researches carried out under the auspices of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom in their Laboratory at Plymouth or on the North Sea Coast from 1886-1927. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (3). pp. 753-828. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1952) Classified list of publications, Volumes XVI to XXIX of the Journal of the Marine Biological Association and other publications recording the results of researches carried out at the Plymouth Laboratory from 1928 to 1950. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (3). pp. 589-672. Urry, D.L. (1965) Observations on the relationship between the food and survival of Pseudocalanus elongatus in the laboratory. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 45 (1). pp. 49-58. Bryan, G.W. and Ward, E. (1965) The absorption and loss of radioactive and non-radioactive manganese by the lobster, Homarus vulgaris. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 45 (1). pp. 65-95. Bryan, G.W. (1965) Ionic regulation in the squat lobster Galathea squamifera, with special reference to the relationship between potassium metabolism and the accumulation of radioactive caesium. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 45 (1). pp. 97-113. Walley, L.J. (1965) The development and function of the oviducal gland in Balanus balanoides. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 45 (1). pp. 115-128. Southward, A.J. and Crisp, D.J. (1965) Activity rhythms of barnacles in relation to respiration and feeding. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 45 (1). pp. 161-185. Alexandrowicz, J.S. (1965) The neurosecretory system of the vena cava in Cephalopoda II. Sepia officinalis and Octopus vulgaris. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 45 (1). pp. 209-228. Todd, R.A. (1903) Notes on the invertebrate fauna and fish-food of the bays between the Start and Exmouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 6 (4). pp. 541-561. Felinska, M. (1965) Marine Ciliata from Plymouth: Peritricha, Vaginicolidae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 45 (1). pp. 229-239. Manton, I. and Rayns, D.G. and Ettl, H. and Parke, M. (1965) Further observations on green flagellates with scaly flagella: the genus Heteromastix Korshikov. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 45 (1). pp. 241-255. Brinley-Williams, G. (1965) Observations on the behaviour of the planulae larvae of Clava squamata. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 45 (1). pp. 257-273. David, P.M. (1965) The neuston net. A device for sampling the surface fauna of the ocean. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 45 (2). pp. 313-320. Haahtela, I. and Naylor, E. (1965) Jaera hopeana, an intertidal isopod new to the British fauna. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 45 (2). pp. 367-371. Fontaine, A.R. (1965) The feeding mechanisms of the ophiuroid Ophiocomina nigra. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 45 (2). pp. 373-385. Nicol, J.A.C. (1965) Migration of chorioidal tapetal pigment in the spur dog Squalus acanthias. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 45 (2). pp. 405-427. Corner, E.D.S. and Cowey, C.B. and Marshall, S.M. (1965) On the nutrition and metabolism of zooplankton. III. Nitrogen excretion by Calanus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 45 (2). pp. 429-442. Parke, M. and Manton, I. (1965) Preliminary observations on the fine structure of Prasinocladus marinus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 45 (2). pp. 525-536. Parke, M. and Den Hartog-Adams, I. (1965) Three species of Halosphaera. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 45 (2). pp. 537-557. Kyle, H.M. (1903) Fishing nets, with special reference to the otter-trawl. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 6 (4). pp. 562-586. Mieszkowska, N. and Sims, D. and Hawkins, S.J. (2007) Fishing, climate change and north-east Atlantic cod stocks. Summary report of commissioned scientific report for the World Wildlife Fund. WWF Marine Update (59). pp. 1-4. Mitchell, R.J. and Morecroft, M.D. and Acreman, M. and Crick, H.Q.P. and Frost, M. and Harley, M. and MacClean, I.M.D. and Mountford, O. and Piper, J. and Pontier, H. and Rehfisch, M.M. and Ross, L.C. and Smithers, R.J. and Stott, A. and Walmsley, C.A. and Watts, O. and Wilson, E. (2007) England Biodiversity Strategy - towards adaptation to climate change. Final report to Defra for Contract No. CR0327. Project Report. Defra, Godalming, Surrey, (UK). Bone, Q. (2005) Foreword. Sir Frederick Russell. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 85 (3). p.433. ISSN 0025-3154 Bone, Q. (2005) Gelatinous animals and physiology. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 85 (3). pp. 641-653. ISSN 0025-3154 Carissan-Lloyd, F.M.M. and Pipe, R.K. and Beaumont, A.R. (2004) Immunocompetence and heterozygosity in the mussel Mytilus edulis. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 84 (2). pp. 377-382. ISSN 0025-3154 Collins, T.F.T. and Tsutsui, I. (2003) Neurotransmitters of mantle and fin muscles in spear squid, Loligo bleekeri. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 83 (4). pp. 857-860. ISSN 0025-3154 Gibbs, P.E. (2005) Male genital defect (Dumpton Syndrome) in the dog-whelk Nucella lapillus (Neogastropoda): Mendelian inheritance inferred, based on laboratory breeding experiments. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 85 (1). pp. 143-150. ISSN 0025-3154 Mathger, L.M. (2003) The response of squid and fish to changes in the angular distribution of light. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 83 (4). pp. 849-856. ISSN 0025-3154 Mieszkowska, N. and Sims, D. and Hawkins, S. (2007) Fishing, climate change and north-east Atlantic cod stocks. Other. World Wildlife Fund, Godalming, (UK). Petersen, C.G.J. (1903) What is over fishing? Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 6 (4). pp. 587-594. Langston, W.J. and Chesman, B.S. and Burt, G.R. (2007) Review of biomarkers, bioassays and their potential use in monitoring the Fal and Helford SAC. Project Report. Marine Biological Association, Plymouth, (UK). Dodge, J.D. (1965) Thecal fine-structure in the dinoflagellate genera Prorocentrum and Exuviaella. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 45 (3). pp. 607-614. Blackwell, J. and Parker, K.D. and Rudall, K.M. (1965) Chitin in pogonophore tubes. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 45 (3). pp. 659-661. Wheeler, A. (1965) Further extensions to the known range of the Northern Rockling, Ciliata septentrionalis. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 45 (3). pp. 673-678. Denton, E.J. and Nicol, J.A.C. (1965) Studies on reflexion of light from silvery surfaces of fishes, with special reference to the bleak, Alburnus alburnus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 45 (3). pp. 683-703. Denton, E.J. and Nicol, J.A.C. (1965) Polarization of light reflected from the silvery exterior of the bleak, Alburnus alburnus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 45 (3). pp. 705-709. Denton, E.J. and Nicol, J.A.C. (1965) Direct measurements on the orientation of the reflecting surfaces in the tapetum of Squalus acanthias, and some observations on the tapetum of Acipenser sturio. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 45 (3). pp. 739-742. Manton, I. and Parke, M. (1965) Observations on the fine structure of two species of Platymonas with special reference to flagellar scales and the mode of origin of the theca. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 45 (3). pp. 743-754. Forster, G.R. (1965) Raja richardsoni from the continental slope off south-west England. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 45 (3). pp. 773-777. Gurney, R. (1903) The larvae of certain British Crangonidae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 6 (4). pp. 595-597. Denton, E.J. and Nicol, J.A.C. (1965) Reflexion of light by external surfaces of the herring, Clupea harengus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 45 (3). pp. 711-738. Cox, F.E.G. (1965) Ditrypanocystis cirratuli [Sporozoa, Archigregarinida] parasitic in Cirratulus cirratus from Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 45 (1). pp. 59-64. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1965) Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom. Report of the Council for 1964-1965. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 45 (3). pp. 801-828. Langston, W.J. and Burt, G.R. (2007) A review of TBT sediment data in the Fal and Helford SAC. Working Paper. Marine Biological Association, Plymouth, (UK). Gage, J. (1966) Observations on the bivalves Montacuta substriata and M. ferruginosa 'commensals' with spatangoids. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 46 (1). pp. 49-70. Gage, J. (1966) Experiments with the behaviour of the bivalves Montacuta substriata and M. ferruginosa, 'commensals' with spatangoids. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 46 (1). pp. 71-88. Manwell, C. and Southward, E.C. and Southward, A.J. (1966) Preliminary studies on haemoglobin and other proteins of the Pogonophora. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 46 (1). pp. 115-124. Carlisle, D.B. (1966) The ciliary current of Phallusia [Ascidiacea] and the squirting of sea squirts. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 46 (1). pp. 125-127. Boney, A.D. and Burrows, A. (1966) Experimental studies on the benthic phases of Haptophyceae. I. Effects of some experimental conditions on the release of coccolithophorids. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 46 (2). pp. 295-319. Balfour Browne, F. (1903) Report on the eggs and larvae of teleostean fishes observed at Plymouth in the Spring of 1902. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 6 (4). pp. 598-616. Bone, Q. (1966) On the function of the two types of myotomal muscle fibre in elasmobranch fish. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 46 (2). pp. 321-349. Holme, N.A. (1966) The bottom fauna of the English Channel. Part II. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 46 (2). pp. 401-493. Gage, J. (1966) The life-histories of the bivalves Montacuta substriata and M. ferruginosa, 'commensals' with spatangoids. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 46 (3). pp. 499-511. Southward, E.C. and Southward, A.J. (1966) A preliminary account of the general and enzyme histochemistry of Siboglinum atlanticum and other Pogonophora. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 46 (3). pp. 579-616. Hopkins, J.T. (1966) The role of water in the behaviour of an estuarine mud-flat diatom. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 46 (3). pp. 617-626. Denton, E.J. and Nicol, J.A.C. (1966) A survey of reflectivity in silvery teleosts. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 46 (3). pp. 685-722. Denton, E.J. and Gilpin-Brown, J.B. (1966) On the buoyancy of the pearly nautilus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 46 (3). pp. 723-759. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1966) Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom. Report of the Council 1965-1966. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 46 (3). pp. 763-788. Wood, E.D. and Armstrong, F.A.J. and Richards, F.A. (1967) Determination of nitrate in sea water by cadmium-copper reduction to nitrite. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 47 (1). pp. 23-31. Wickstead, J.H. (1967) Branchiostoma lanceolatum larvae: some experiments on the effect of thiouracil on metamorphosis. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 47 (1). pp. 49-59. Kyle, H.M. and Garstang, W. and Balfour Browne, F. and Gurney, R. (1903) Notes and memoranda. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 6 (4). pp. 617-627. George, J.D. (1967) Cryptic polymorphism in the cirratulid polychaete, Cirriformia tentaculata. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 47 (1). pp. 75-79. Southward, A.J. (1967) Recent changes in abundance of intertidal barnacles in south-west England: A possible effect of climatic deterioration. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 47 (1). pp. 81-95. Corner, E.D.S. and Newell, B.S. (1967) On the nutrition and metabolism of zooplankton. IV. The forms of nitrogen excreted by Calanus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 47 (1). pp. 113-120. Manwell, C. and Baker, C.M.A. and Ashton, P.A. and Corner, E.D.S. (1967) Biochemical differences between Calanus finmarchicus and C. helgolandicus. Esterases, malate and triose-phosphate dehydrogenases, aldolase, 'peptidases', and other enzymes. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 47 (1). pp. 145-169. Denton, E.J. and Gilpin-Brown, J.B. and Howarth, J.V. (1967) On the buoyancy of Spirula spirula. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 47 (1). pp. 181-191. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1889) Report of the Council of the Marine Biological Association for the year 1888-89. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 1 (2). pp. 105-110. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1890) Report of the Council of the Marine Biological Association for the year 1889-90. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 1 (4). pp. 356-363. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1888) Report of the Council of the Marine Biological Association for the year 1887-88. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 2 Old Series. pp. 116-124. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1892) Report of the Council, 1891-92. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 2 (4). pp. 287-291. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1894) Report of the Council 1892-93. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 3 (2). xi-xvi. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1894) Report of the Council, 1893-94. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 3 (3). xvii-xxiii. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1895) Report of the Council, 1894-95. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (1). pp. 81-86. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1896) Report of the Council, 1895-96. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 4 (3). pp. 302-307. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1897) Report of the Council, 1896-97. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 5 (1). pp. 100-106. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1898) Report of the Council, 1897-98. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 5 (3). pp. 348-353. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1900) Report of the Council, 1898-1899. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 6 (1). pp. 136-146. Thompson, J.S. (1904) The periodic growth of scales in Gadidae as an index of age. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 7 (1). pp. 1-109. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1900) Report of the Council, 1899-1900. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 6 (2). pp. 277-287. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1904) Report of the Council, 1903-1904. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 7 (2). pp. 310-327. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1906) Report of the Council, 1905-1906. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 7 (4). pp. 415-435. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1907) Report of the Council 1906-1907. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 8 (1). pp. 49-66. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1908) Report of the Council, 1907-8. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 8 (3). pp. 320-339. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1910) Report of the Council, 1908-9. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 8 (5). pp. 479-501. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1910) Report of the Council, 1909-10. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (1). pp. 88-113. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1911) Report of the Council, 1910-11. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (2). pp. 248-273. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1913) Report of the Council, 1911-12. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (4). pp. 578-597. Wolfenden, R.N. (1904) Notes on the Copepoda of the North Atlantic Sea and the Faroe Channel. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 7 (1). pp. 110-147. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1913) Report of the Council, 1912. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10 (1). pp. 123-135. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1914) Report of the Council, 1913. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10 (2). pp. 395-415. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1915) Report of the Council, 1914. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10 (4). pp. 647-655. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1917) Report of the Council, 1915. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 11 (2). pp. 259-265. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1917) Report of the Council, 1916. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 11 (3). pp. 425-431. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1918) Report of the Council, 1917. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 11 (4). pp. 519-525. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1919) Report of the Council, 1918. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (1). pp. 149-155. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1920) Report of the Council, 1919. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (2). pp. 367-372. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1921) Report of the Council, 1920. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (3). pp. 562-568. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1922) Report of the Council, 1921. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (4). pp. 835-845. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1904) Plymouth marine invertebrate fauna. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 7 (2). pp. 155-298. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1923) Report of the Council, 1922. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (1). pp. 286-299. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1924) Report of the Council, 1923. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (2). pp. 513-522. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1925) Report of the Council, 1924. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (4). pp. 990-1002. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1926) Report of the Council, 1925. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 14 (2). pp. 535-547. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1927) Report of the Council, 1926. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 14 (4). pp. 1067-1081. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1928) Report of the Council, 1927. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (2). pp. 713-727. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1929) Report of the Council, 1928. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (1). pp. 343-356. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1930) Report of the Council, 1929. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (3). pp. 987-1002. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1931) Report of the Council, 1930. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 17 (2). pp. 587-605. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1932) Report of the Council, 1931. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 18 (1). pp. 403-427. Allen, E.J. (1904) Pallasia murata, n.sp.: a new British sabellarian. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 7 (2). pp. 299-304. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1933) Report of the Council for 1932. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 19 (1). pp. 447-465. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1934) Report of the Council for 1933. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 19 (2). pp. 951-969. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1935) Report of the Council for 1934. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 20 (2). pp. 463-479. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1936) Report of the Council for 1935. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 21 (1). pp. 445-464. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1937) Report of the Council for 1936. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 22 (1). pp. 375-395. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1938) Report of the Council for 1937. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 23 (1). pp. 253-270. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1940) Report of the Council for 1938. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24 (1). pp. 435-457. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1940) Report of the Council for 1939-40. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 24 (2). pp. 683-703. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1941) Report of the Council for 1940-41. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (2). pp. 423-439. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1943) Report of the Council for 1941-42. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 25 (4). pp. 745-756. Bateson, W. (1890) The sense organs and perceptions of fishes; with remarks on the supply of bait. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 1 (3). pp. 225-256. Pace, S. (1904) Note on two species of Cucumaria from Plymouth, hitherto confused as C. montagui (Fleming): C. normani, n. sp., and C. saxicola, Brady and Robertson. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 7 (2). pp. 305-309. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1945) Report of the Council for 1943-44. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (2). pp. 208-218. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1946) Report of the Council for 1944-45. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (3). pp. 442-450. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1947) Report of the Council for 1945-46. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (4). pp. 664-680. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1947) Report of the Council for 1946-47. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (1). pp. 257-276. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1948) Report of the Council for 1947-48. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 27 (3). pp. 777-796. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1949) Report of the Council for 1948-49. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 28 (2). pp. 533-554. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1950) Report of the Council for 1949-50. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 29 (2). pp. 519-540. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1951) Report of the Council for 1950-51. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 30 (2). pp. 397-416. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1952) Report of the Council for 1951-52. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 31 (2). pp. 369-389. Eliot, C. (1906) Notes on some British nudibranchs. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 7 (3). pp. 333-382. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1953) Report of the Council for 1952-53. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 32 (2). pp. 527-548. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1954) Report of the Council for 1953-54. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 33 (3). pp. 757-782. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1955) Report of the Council for 1954-55. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 34 (3). pp. 655-678. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1956) Report of the Council for 1955-56. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 35 (3). pp. 647-669. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1957) Report of the Council for 1956-57. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 36 (3). pp. 699-723. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1958) Report of the Council for 1957-58. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 37 (3). pp. 811-837. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1959) Report of the Council for 1958-59. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 38 (3). pp. 633-660. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1960) Report of the Council for 1959-60. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 39 (3). pp. 703-732. Bone, Q. and Carre, C. and Chang, P. (2003) Tunicate feeding filters. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 83 (5). pp. 907-919. ISSN 0025-3154 Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1944) Report of the Council for 1942-43. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 26 (1). pp. 104-114. Allen, E.J. (1906) First report of the council of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom on work carried out in connection with the International Fishery Investigations. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 7 (3). pp. 383-390. Herbert, R.J.H. and Southward, A.J. and Sheader, M. and Hawkins, S.J. (2007) Influence of recruitment and temperature on distribution of intertidal barnacles in the English Channel. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 87 (2). pp. 487-499. ISSN 0025-3154 Mieszkowska, N. and Hawkins, S.J. and Burrows, M.T. and Kendall, M.A. (2007) Long-term changes in the geographic distribution and population structures of Osilinus lineatus (Gastropoda: Trochidae) in Britain and Ireland. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 87 (2). pp. 537-545. ISSN 0025-3154 Daka, E.R. and Hawkins, S.J. (2004) Tolerance to heavy metals in Littorina saxatilis from a metal contaminated estuary in the Isle of Man. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 84 (2). pp. 393-400. ISSN 0025-3154 Jenkins, S.R. and Norton, T.A. and Hawkins, S.J. (2004) Long term effects of Ascophyllum nodosum canopy removal on mid shore community structure. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 84 (2). pp. 327-329. ISSN 0025-3154 (Unpublished) Silva, A. and Boaventura, D. and Flores, A. and Re, P. and Hawkins, S.J. (2004) Rare predation by the intertidal crab Pachygrapsus marmoratus on the limpet Patella depressa. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 84 (2). pp. 367-370. ISSN 0025-3154 Bone, Q. and Carre, C. and Ryan, K.P. (2000) The endostyle and the feeding filter in salps (Tunicata). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 80 (3). pp. 523-534. ISSN 0025-3154 Correia, A.D. and Costa, M.H. and Ryan, K.P. and Nott, J.A. (2002) Studies on biomarkers of copper exposure and toxicity in the marine amphipod Gammarus locusta (Crustacea): I. Copper-containing granules within the midgut gland. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 82 (5). pp. 827-834. ISSN 0025-3154 Johnstone, J. (1906) Some results of the International Fishery Investigations. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 7 (5). pp. 437-486. Gibbs, P.E. and Burt, G.R. and Pascoe, P.L. and Llewellyn, C.A. and Ryan, K.P. (2000) Zinc, copper and chlorophyll-derivates in the polychaete Owenia fusiformis. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 80 (2). pp. 235-248. ISSN 0025-3154 Harino, H. and O'Hara, S.C.M. and Burt, G.R. and Pope, N.D. and Chesman, B.S. and Langston, W.J. (2002) Butylin and phenyltin compounds in eels (Anguilla anguilla). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 82 (5). pp. 893-901. ISSN 0025-3154 Brunnschweiler, J.M. and Andrews, P.L.R. and Southall, E.J. and Pickering, M. and Sims, D.W. (2005) Rapid voluntary stomach eversion in a free-living shark. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 85 (5). pp. 1141-1144. ISSN 0025-3154 Ellis, J. and Dulvy, N. and O'Brien, C. and Sims, D. and Southall, E. (2005) Shark, skate and ray research at the MBA and Cefas. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 85 (5). pp. 1021-1023. ISSN 0025-3154 Sims, D.W. and Southall, E.J. and Merrett, D.A. and Sanders, J. (2003) Effects of zooplankton density and diel period on surface-swimming duration of basking sharks. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 83 (3). pp. 643-646. ISSN 0025-3154 Sims, D.W. and Southall, E.J. and Wearmouth, V.J. and Hutchinson, N. and Budd, G.C. and Morritt, D. (2005) Refuging behaviour in the nursehound Scyliorhinus stellaris (Chondrichthyes: Elasmobranchii): preliminary evidence from acoustic telemetry. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 85 (5). pp. 1137-1140. ISSN 0025-3154 Sims, D.W. and Southall, E.J. (2002) Occurrence of ocean sunfish, Mola mola near fronts in the western English Channel. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 82 (5). pp. 927-928. ISSN 0025-3154 Stockin, K.A. and Fairbairns, R.S. and Parsons, E.C.M. and Sims, D.W. (2001) Effects of diel and seasonal cycles on the dive duration of the minke whale (Balaenoptera acutorostrata). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 81 (1). pp. 189-190. ISSN 0025-3154 Byrne, L.W. (1907) The fishes collected by the "Huxley" from the north side of the Bay of Biscay in August, 1906. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 8 (1). pp. 1-5. Russell, F.S. (1967) Obituary. Carl Frederick Abel Pantin 1899-1967. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 47 (2). pp. 255-258. Corner, E.D.S. and Cowey, C.B. and Marshall, S.M. (1967) On the nutrition and metabolism of zooplankton. V. Feeding efficiency of Calanus finmarchicus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 47 (2). pp. 259-270. Newell, B.S. (1967) The determination of ammonia in sea water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 47 (2). pp. 271-280. Forster, G.R. (1967) A new deep-sea ray from the Bay of Biscay. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 47 (2). pp. 281-286. Hinton, H.E. (1967) Plastron respiration in the marine fly Canace. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 47 (1). pp. 319-327. Lucas, I.A.N. (1967) Two new marine species of Paraphysomonas. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 47 (2). pp. 329-334. Riley, J.P. and Wilson, T.R.S. (1967) The pigments of some marine phytoplankton species. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 47 (2). pp. 351-362. Hickson, S.J. (1907) The Alcyonaria, Antipatharia, and Madreporaria collected by the "Huxley" from the north side of the Bay of Biscay in August, 1906. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 8 (1). pp. 6-14. Russell, F.S. (1967) On the occurence of the scyphomedusan Pelagia noctiluca in the English Channel in 1966. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 47 (2). pp. 363-366. Jones, D.A. and Naylor, E. (1967) The distribution of Eurydice [Crustacea: Isopoda] in British waters, including E. affinis new to Britain. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 47 (2). pp. 373-382. Battin, G.A.W. (1967) Nomograms for chlorophyll determinations. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 47 (2). pp. 407-414. Alexandrowicz, J.S. (1967) Receptor organs in the coxal region of Palinurus vulgaris. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 47 (2). pp. 415-432. Flemming, N.C. and Stride, A.H. (1967) Basal sand and gravel patches with separate indications of tidal current and storm-wave paths, near Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 47 (2). pp. 433-444. Parke, M. and Manton, I. (1967) The specific identity of the algal symbiont in Convoluta roscoffensis. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 47 (2). pp. 445-464. Russell, F.S. (1967) On a remarkable new scyphomedusan. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 47 (3). pp. 469-473. Forster, G.R. (1967) A note on two rays lacking part of the snout. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 47 (3). pp. 499-500. Crisp, D.J. and Bailey, J.H. and Knight-Jones, E.W. (1967) The tube worm Spirorbis vitreus and its distribution in Britain. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 47 (3). pp. 511-521. Browne, E.T. (1907) The hydroids collected by the "Huxley" from the north side of the Bay of Biscay in August, 1906. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 8 (1). pp. 15-36. Chau, Y.K. and Chuecas, L. and Riley, J.P. (1967) The component combined amino acids of some marine phytoplankton species. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 47 (3). pp. 543-554. Boney, A.D. and White, E.B. (1967) Observations on Kylinia rosulata from S.W. England. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 47 (3). pp. 591-596. Hepper, B.T. (1967) On the growth at moulting of lobsters (Homarus vulgaris) in Cornwall and Yorkshire. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 47 (3). pp. 629-643. Manwell, C. and Baker, C.M.A. (1967) A study of detergent pollution by molecular methods: starch gel electrophoresis of a variety of enzymes and other proteins. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 47 (3). pp. 659-675. Bittar, E.E. and Caldwell, P.C. and Lowe, A.G. (1967) The efflux of sodium from single crab muscle fibres. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 47 (3). pp. 709-721. McLachlan, J. and Parke, M. (1967) Platymonas impellucida sp.nov. from Puerto Rico. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 47 (3). pp. 723-733. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom (1967) Report of the Council 1966-67. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 47 (3). pp. 737-766. Holme, N.A. (1967) Changes in the bottom fauna of Weymouth Bay and Poole Bay following the severe winter of 1962-63. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 47 (2). pp. 397-405. Forster, G.R. (1967) The growth of Haliotis tuberculata: results of tagging experiments in Guernsey 1963-65. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 47 (2). pp. 287-300. Shalla, S.H. and Bishop, J.D.D. (2004) Four new species of the genus Leucon (Crustacea: Cumacea) from the Atlantic Frontier Margin. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 84 (1). pp. 139-153. ISSN 0025-3154 Browne, E.T. (1907) A new method for growing hydroids in small aquaria by means of a continuous current tube. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 8 (1). pp. 37-43. Davenport, J. and Berggren, M.S. and Brattegard, T. and Brattenborg, N. and Burrows, M. and Jenkins, S. and McGrath, D. and Macnamara, R. and Sneli, J.-A. and Walker, G. and Wilson, S. (2005) Doses of darkness control latitudinal differences in breeding date in the barnacle Semibalanus balanoides. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 85 (1). pp. 59-63. ISSN 0025-3154 Taylor, D.L. (1968) Chloroplasts as symbiotic organelles in the digestive gland of Elysia viridis [Gastropoda: opisthobranchia]. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 48 (1). pp. 1-15. Corner, E.D.S. and Southward, A.J. and Southward, E.C. (1968) Toxicity of oil-spill removers ('detergents') to marine life: An assessment using the intertidal barnacle Elminius modestus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 48 (1). pp. 29-47. Taylor, D.L. (1968) Chloroplasts as symbiotic organelles in the digestive gland of Elysia viridis [Gastropoda: Opisthobranchia]. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 48 (1). pp. 1-15. Conover, R.J. and Corner, E.D.S. (1968) Respiration and nitrogen excretion by some marine zooplankton in relation to their life cycles. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 48 (1). pp. 49-75. Corkett, C.J. and Urry, D.L. (1968) Observations on the keeping of adult female Pseudocalanus elongatus under laboratory conditions. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 48 (1). pp. 97-105. Cunningham, J.T. (1907) A peculiarly abnormal specimen of the turbot. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 8 (1). pp. 44-46. Armstrong, F.A.J. and Tibbitts, S. (1968) Photochemical combustion of organic matter in sea water, for nitrogen, phosphorus and carbon determination. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 48 (1). pp. 143-152. Armstrong, F.A.J. and Butler, E.I. (1968) Chemical changes in sea water off Plymouth during the years 1962 to 1965. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 48 (1). pp. 153-160. Wilson, D.P. (1968) Long-term effects of low concentrations of an oil-spill remover ('detergent'): studies with the larvae of Sabellaria spinulosa. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 48 (1). pp. 177-182. Chapman, D.M. (1968) Structure, histochemistry and formation of the podocyst and cuticle of Aurelia aurita. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 48 (1). pp. 187-208. Gibbs, P.E. (1968) Observations on the population of Scoloplos armiger at Whitstable. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 48 (1). pp. 225-254. Bowen, H.J.M. (1968) The uptake of gold by marine sponges. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 48 (2). pp. 275-277. Walton, C.L. (1907) On Phellia murocincta (Gosse). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 8 (1). pp. 47-48. Potts, G.W. (1968) The ethology of Crenilabrus melanocercus, with notes on cleaning symbiosis. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 48 (2). pp. 279-293. Bryan, G.W. (1968) Concentrations of zinc and copper in the tissues of decapod crustaceans. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 48 (2). pp. 303-321. Southward, A.J. and Southward, E.C. (1968) On a whole-animal method for the histochemical localization of enzymes under field conditions. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 48 (2). pp. 323-334. Davey, J.T. and Peachey, J.E. (1968) Bothriocephalus scorpii [Cestoda: Pseudophyllidea] in turbot and brill from British coastal waters. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 48 (2). pp. 335-340. Taylor, D.L. (1968) In situ studies on the cytochemistry and ultrastructure of a symbiotic marine dinoflagellate. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 48 (2). pp. 349-366. Wilson, D.P. (1968) Some aspects of the development of eggs and larvae of Sabellaria alveolata (L.). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 48 (2). pp. 367-386. Wilson, D.P. (1968) The settlement behaviour of the larvae of Sabellaria alveolata (L.). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 48 (2). pp. 387-435. Lucas, I.A.N. (1968) A new member of the Chrysophyceae, bearing polymorphic scales. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 48 (2). pp. 437-441. Provasoli, L. and Yamasu, T. and Manton, I. (1968) Experiments on the resynthesis of symbiosis in Convoluta roscoffensis with different flagellate cultures. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 48 (2). pp. 465-479. Forster, G.R. (1968) Line-fishing on the continental slope. II. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 48 (2). pp. 479-483. Fowler, G.H. (1890) Notes on oyster culture. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 1 (3). pp. 257-267. Atkinson, G.T. (1908) Notes on a fishing voyage to the Barents Sea in August, 1907. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 8 (2). pp. 71-98. Fretter, V. and Montgomery, M.C. (1968) The treatment of food by prosobranch veligers. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 48 (2). pp. 499-520. Allen, W.V. (1968) Fatty-acid synthesis in the echinoderms: Asterias rubens, Echinus esculentus and Holothuria forskali. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 48 (2). pp. 521-533. Makarewicz, W. (1968) Temperature-dependence of fish muscle AMP-aminohydrolase. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 48 (2). pp. 535-542. Kennedy, M. and Fitzmaurice, P. (1968) Occurence of eggs of bass Dicentrarchus labrax on the southern coasts of Ireland. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 48 (3). pp. 585-592. Baldwin, M.W. and Braven, J. (1968) 2-Aminoethylphosphonic acid in Monochrysis. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 48 (3). pp. 603-608. Chapman, D.M. (1968) A new type of muscle cell from the subumbrella of Obelia. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 48 (3). pp. 667-688. Parke, M. and Dixon, P.S. (1968) Check-list of British marine algae - second revision. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 48 (3). pp. 783-832. MBA (1968) Report of the Council for 1967-68. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 48 (3). pp. 837-868. Leterme, S.C. and Pingree, R.D. and Skogen, M.D. and Seuront, L. and Reid, P.C. and Attrill, M.J. (2008) Decadal fluctuations in North Atlantic water inflow in the North Sea between 1958-2003: impacts on temperature and phytoplankton populations. Oceanologia, 50 (1). pp. 59-72. ISSN 0078-3234 Crawshay, L.R. (1908) On rock remains in the bed of the English Channel. An account of the dredgings carried out by SS. "Oithona" in 1906. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 8 (2). pp. 99-117. Clare, A.S. and Yamazaki, M. (2000) Inactivity of glycyl-glycyl-arginine and two putative (QSAR) peptide analogues of barnacle waterborne settlement pheromone. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 80 (5). pp. 945-946. ISSN 0025-3154 Nicholls, A.G. (1933) On the biology of Calanus finmarchicus. III. Vertical distribution and diurnal migration in the Clyde Sea-Area. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 19 (1). pp. 139-164. Harvey, H.W. (1934) Measurement of phytoplankton population. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 19 (2). pp. 761-773. Worth, R.H. (1908) The dredgings of the Marine Biological Association (1895-1906) as a contribution to the knowledge of the geology of the English Channel. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 8 (2). pp. 118-188. Tattersall, W.M. (1908) The Schizopoda and Isopoda collected by the "Huxley" from the north side of the Bay of Biscay, in August, 1906. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 8 (2). pp. 189-196. Elwes, E.V. (1908) Notes on the littoral Polychaeta of Torquay. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 8 (2). pp. 197-206. Walton, C.L. (1908) Notes on the Sagartiidae and Zoanthidae from Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 8 (2). pp. 207-214. Walton, C.L. (1908) Actiniae collected by the S.S. "Huxley" in the North Sea during the summer of 1907. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 8 (2). pp. 215-226. Walton, C.L. (1908) Nudibranchiata collected in the North Sea by the s.s. "Huxley" during July and August, 1907. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 8 (2). pp. 227-240. Bullen, G.E. (1908) Plankton studies in relation to the western mackerel fishery. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 8 (3). pp. 269-302. Crawshay, L.R. (1908) On an experiment in the keeping of salmon (Salmo salar) at the Plymouth Laboratory. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 8 (3). pp. 303-312. Bourne, G.C. (1890) The generative organs of the oyster. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 1 (3). pp. 268-281. Eliot, C. (1908) On the genus Cumanotus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 8 (3). pp. 313-314. Hefford, A.E. (1908) Note on a hermaphrodite cod (Gadus morrhua). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 8 (3). pp. 315-317. Hefford, A.E. (1908) Note on a conger with abnormal gonad. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 8 (3). pp. 318-319. Elwes, E.V. (1909) Notes on the littoral Polychaeta of Torquay (Part II). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 8 (4). pp. 347-358. Reynell, A. (1909) The mollusca collected by the "Huxley" from the North side of the Bay of Biscay, in August, 1906. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 8 (4). pp. 359-391. Reynell, A. (1909) The Brachiopoda collected by the "Huxley" from the North side of the Bay of Biscay, in August, 1906. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 8 (4). pp. 392-393. Allen, E.J. (1909) Mackerel and sunshine. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 8 (4). pp. 394-406. Kemp, S. (1910) The Decapoda collected by the "Huxley" from the North side of the Bay of Biscay in August, 1906. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 8 (5). pp. 407-420. Allen, E.J. and Nelson, E.W. (1910) On the artificial culture of marine plankton organisms. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 8 (5). pp. 421-474. De Morgan, W. (1910) On the species Upogebia stellata and Gebia deltura. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 8 (5). pp. 475-478. Montagu of Beaulieu, Lord (1890) Letter on oyster culture. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 1 (3). pp. 282-285. Atkinson, G.T. (1910) An experiment in the transplantation of plaice from the Barents Sea ("White Sea") to the North Sea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 8 (5). pp. 502-511. Bryan, G.W. and Langston, W.J. and Hummerstone, L.G. and Burt, G.R. (1985) A guide to the assessment of heavy metal contamination in estuaries using biological indicators. Occasional Publication of the Marine Biological Association 4. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, Plymouth (UK). Varley, A. (1997) Catalogue of the Archives of the Marine Biological Association. Occasional Publication of the Marine Biological Association 5. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, Plymouth (UK). Bryan, G.W. and Langston, W.J. and Hummerstone, L.G. (1980) The use of biological indicators of heavy metal contamination in estuaries. Occasional Publication of the Marine Biological Association 1. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, Plymouth (UK). Southward, A.J. and Roberts, E.K. (1984) The Marine Biological Association 1884-1984: one hundred years of marine research. Occasional Publication of the Marine Biological Association 3. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, Plymouth (UK). Bryan, G.W. and Gibbs, P.E. (1983) Heavy metals in the Fal estuary, Cornwall: A study of long term contamination by mining waste and its effects on estuarine organisms. Occasional Publication of the Marine Biological Association 2. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, Plymouth (UK). Langston, W.J. and Chesman, B.S. and Burt, G.R and Hawkins, S.J. and Readman, J. and Worsfold, P. (2003) Characterisation of the South West European Marine Sites: Poole Harbour SPA. Occasional Publication of the Marine Biological Association 12. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, Plymouth (UK). Langston, W.J. and Chesman, B.S. and Burt, G.R. and Hawkins, S.J. and Readman, J. and Worsfold, P. (2003) Characterisation of the South West European Marine Sites: The Severn Estuary pSAC, SPA. Occasional Publication of the Marine Biological Association 13. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, Plymouth (UK). Langston, W.J. and Chesman, B.S. and Burt, G.R. and Hawkins, S.J. and Readman, J. and Worsfold, P. (2003) Characterisation of the South West European Marine Sites: Summary Report. Occasional Publication of the Marine Biological Association 14. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, Plymouth (UK). Conway, D.V.P. and White, R.G. and Hugues-Dit-Ciles, J. and Gallienne, C.P. and Robins, D.B. (2003) Guide to the coastal and surface zooplankton of the south-western Indian Ocean. Occasional Publication of the Marine Biological Association 15. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, Plymouth (UK). Johnson, T. (1890) Flora of Plymouth Sound and adjacent waters. Preliminary paper. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 1 (3). pp. 286-305. Goddard, H. and Manison, N.F.H. and Tomos, D. and Brownlee, C. (2000) Elemental propagation of calcium signals in response-specific patterns determined by environmental stimulus strength. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA, 97. pp. 1932-1937. ISSN 0027-8424 Corellou, F. and Brownlee, C. and Detivaud, L. and Kloareg, B. and Bouget, F.-Y. (2001) Cell cycle in the Fucus zygote parallels a somatic cell cycle but displays a unique translational regulation of cyclin-dependent kinases. Plant Cell, 13. pp. 585-598. ISSN 1040-4651 Sanders, D. and Pelloux, J. and Brownlee, C. and Harper, J.F. (2002) Calcium at the crossroads of signalling. Plant Cell, 14. S401-S417. ISSN 1040-4651 Coelho, S. and Taylor, A.R. and Ryan, K.P. and Sousa-Pinto, I. and Brown, M.T. and Brownlee, C. (2002) Spatio-temporal patterning of reactive oxygen production and Ca2+ wave propagation in Fucus rhizoid cells. Plant Cell, 14. pp. 1-15. ISSN 1040-4651 Marine Biological Association (1887) The history of the foundation of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 1 (Old Series). pp. 17-21. Heape, W. (1887) Description of the laboratory of the Marine Biological Association at Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 1 (Old Series). pp. 96-104. Southward, A.J. and Roberts, E.K. (1987) One hundred years of marine research at Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 67 (3). pp. 465-506. Cunningham, J.T. (1890) A treatise on the common sole (Solea vulgaris) considered both as an organism and as a commodity. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, Plymouth (UK). Hefford, A.E. (1910) Notes on teleostean ova and larvae observed at Plymouth in spring and summer, 1909. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (1). pp. 1-58. Bourne, G.C. (1890) Report of a trawling cruise in HMS "Research" off the south-west coast of Ireland. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 1 (3). pp. 306-323. Elwes, E.V. (1910) Notes on the littoral Polychaeta of Torquay (Part III). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (1). pp. 59-81. Odhner, N. (1910) Some notes on the genus Cumanotus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (1). pp. 82-84. Walton, C.L. (1910) Kodioides borleyi, n.sp. The Journal of the Marine Biological Assocation of the United Kingdom, 9 (1). pp. 85-87. Shearer, C. and De Morgan, W. and Fuchs, H.M. (1911) Preliminary notice on the experimental hybridization of echinoids. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (2). pp. 121-141. Drew, G.H. (1911) The action of some denitrifying bacteria in tropical and temperate seas, and the bacterial precipitation of calcium carbonate in the sea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (2). pp. 142-155. Shearer, C. (1911) The problem of sex determination in Dinophilus gyrociliatus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (2). pp. 156-160. Drew, G.H. (1911) A table showing certain cultural characteristics of some of the commonest bacteria found in the laboratory tanks at Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (2). pp. 161-163. Fuchs, H.M. (1911) Note on the early larvae of Nephthys and Glycera. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (2). pp. 164-170. Mines, G.R. (1911) The relation of the heart-beat to electrolytes and its bearing on comparative physiology. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (2). pp. 171-190. Russell, F.S. (1953) The Medusae of the British Isles Vol. I: Anthomedusae, Leptomedusae, Limnomedusae, Trachymedusae, and Narcomedusae. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge (UK). Bell, F.J. (1890) Notes on the echinoderms collected by Mr. Bourne in deep water off the south-west of Ireland in HMS "Research". Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 1 (3). pp. 324-327. Tait, J. (1911) Types of crustacean blood coagulation. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (2). pp. 191-198. Sexton, E.W. (1911) The Amphipoda collected by the "Huxley" from the north side of the Bay of Biscay in August, 1906. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (2). pp. 199-227. Walton, C.L. (1911) On some colour variations and adaptations in Actiniae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (2). pp. 228-235. Walton, C.L. (1911) Notes on various British Anthozoa. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (2). pp. 236-242. Gamble, F.W. and Drew, G.H. (1911) Note on abnormal pigmentation of a whiting infected by Trematode larvae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (2). 243. Drew, H. (1912) Some cases of new growths in fish. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (3). pp. 281-287. Zimmermann, K.E. (1912) Notes on the respiratory mechanism of Corystes cassivelaunus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (3). pp. 288-291. Crawshay, L.R. (1912) On the fauna of the outer-western area of the English Channel. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (3). pp. 292-393. Bullen, G.E. (1912) Some notes upon the feeding habits of mackerel and certain clupeoids in the English Channel. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (3). pp. 394-403. Cunningham, J.T. (1890) Anchovies in the English Channel. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 1 (3). pp. 328-339. Stechow, E. (1912) On the occurence of a northern hydroid Halatractus (Corymorpha) nanus (Alder) at Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (3). pp. 404-406. Wynhoff, G. (1912) List of nemerteans collected in the neighbourhood of Plymouth from May-September, 1910. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (3). pp. 407-434. Hasper, M. (1912) On a method of rearing larvae of polyzoa. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (3). pp. 435-436. Orton, J.H. (1912) An account of the natural history of the slipper-limpet (Crepidula fornicata), with some remarks on its occurence on the oyster grounds on the Essex coast. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (3). pp. 437-443. Orton, J.H. (1912) The mode of feeding of Crepidula, with an account of the current-producing mechanism in the mantle cavity, and some remarks on the mode of feeding in gastropods and lamellibranchs. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (3). pp. 444-478. Drew, G.H. (1913) On the precipitation of calcium carbonate in the sea by marine bacteria, and on the action of denitrifying bacteria in tropical and temperate seas. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (4). pp. 479-524. Matthews, D.J. (1913) A deep-sea bacteriological water-bottle. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (4). pp. 525-529. De Morgan, W. (1913) The echinoderms collected by the "Huxley" from the north side of the Bay of Biscay in August, 1906. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (4). pp. 530-541. Sexton, E.W. (1913) Description of a new species of brackish-water Gammarus (G. chevreuxi, n. sp.). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (4). pp. 542-545. Sexton, E.W. and Matthews, A. (1913) Notes on the life history of Gammarus chevreuxi. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (4). pp. 546-556. Fowler, G.H. and Thompson, H. (1890) Notes and memoranda. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 1 (3). pp. 340-341. Matthews, A. (1913) Notes on the development of Mytilus edulis and Alcyonium digitatum in the Plymouth laboratory. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (4). pp. 557-560. Woodland, W.N.F. (1913) Notes on the structure and mode of action of the "Oval" in the pollack (Gadus pollachius) and mullet (Mugil chelo). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (4). pp. 561-565. Nicholls, G.E. (1913) An experimental investigation on the function of Reissner's fibre. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (4). pp. 566-569. Henry, H. (1913) A list of blood parasites of sea fish taken at Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 9 (4). pp. 570-571. Bouvier, M.E.-L. (1914) Recherches sur le developpement post-embryonnaire de la langouste commune (Palinurus vulgaris). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10 (2). pp. 179-193. Bouvier, E.-L. (1914) Observations nouvelles sur les trachelifer, larves luciferiformes de Jaxea nocturna. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10 (2). pp. 194-206. Bouvier, M.E.-L. (1914) Quelques mots sur la variabilitie du Pycnogonum littorale, Strom. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10 (2). pp. 207-210. Orton, J.H. (1914) On some Plymouth holothurians. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10 (2). pp. 211-235. Sexton, E.W. (1914) On Anthura gracilis (Montagu). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10 (2). pp. 236-243. Ramsay, L.N.G. (1914) On Leptonereis glauca Clpde., and the genus Leptonereis Kinberg. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10 (2). pp. 244-253. Orton, J.H. (1914) On the breeding habits of Echinus miliaris, with a note on the feeding habits of Patella vulgata. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10 (2). pp. 254-257. Dendy, A. (1914) On the occurence of Aphroceras (Leucandra) cliarensis Stephens near Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10 (2). pp. 258-259. Ritchie, J. (1914) Note on two unrecorded Plumularian hydroids from the Plymouth area. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10 (2). pp. 260-261. Hartmeyer, R. (1914) On Alcyonium pulmonis instar lobatum Ellis. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10 (2). pp. 262-282. Orton, J.H. (1914) On ciliary mechanisms in brachiopods and some polychaetes, with a comparison of the ciliary mechanisms on the gills of molluscs, Protochordata, brachiopods, and cryptocephalous polychaetes, and an account of the endostyle of Crepidula and its allies. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10 (2). pp. 283-311. Orton, J.H. (1914) Preliminary account of a contribution to an evaluation of the sea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10 (2). pp. 312-326. Clark, R.S. (1914) General report on the larval and post-larval teleosteans in Plymouth waters. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10 (2). pp. 327-394. Allen, E.J. (1914) On the culture of the plankton diatom Thalassiosira gravida Cleve, in artificial sea-water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10 (3). pp. 417-439. De Morgan, W. and Drew, G.H. (1914) A study of the restitution masses formed by the dissociated cells of the hydroids Antennularia ramosa and A. antennina. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10 (3). pp. 440-463. Fuchs, H.M. (1914) On F2 Echinus hybrids. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10 (3). pp. 464-465. Nicoll, W. (1914) The trematode parasites of fishes from the English Channel. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10 (3). pp. 466-505. Orton, J.H. (1914) On a hermaphrodite specimen of Amphioxus with notes on experiments in rearing Amphioxus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10 (3). pp. 506-512. Rees, O.M. (1915) Contributions to the comparative anatomy of some British Actiniae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10 (4). pp. 521-554. Crawshay, M.A. (1915) Notes on experiments in the keeping of plankton animals under artificial conditions. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10 (4). pp. 555-576. Gemmill, J.F. (1915) Twin gastrulae and bipinnariae of Luidia sarsi, Duben, and Koren. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10 (4). pp. 577-589. Crawshay, L.R. (1915) A method of separating sponge spicules by filtration. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10 (4). pp. 590-591. Allen, E.J. (1915) Polychaeta of Plymouth and the South Devon Coast, including a list of the Archiannelida. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10 (4). pp. 592-646. Mortensen, T. (1913) On the development of some British echinoderms. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10 (1). pp. 1-18. Orton, J.H. (1913) The ciliary mechanisms on the gill and the mode of feeding in Amphioxus, ascidians, and Solenomya tagata. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10 (1). pp. 19-49. Gray, J. (1913) The electrical conductivity of fertilized and unfertilized eggs. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10 (1). pp. 50-59. Walton, C.L. and Rees, O.M. (1913) Some rare and interesting sea anemones from Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10 (1). pp. 60-69. Rees, O.M. (1913) On Eloactis mazeli. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10 (1). pp. 70-80. Leigh-Sharpe, W.H. (1913) Calliobdela lophii, Van Beneden and Hesse. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10 (1). pp. 81-83. Zimmermann, K. (1913) Habit and habitat in the Galatheidea: A study in adaptation. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10 (1). pp. 84-101. Walton, C.L. (1913) The shore fauna of Cardigan Bay. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10 (1). pp. 102-113. Walton, C.L. (1913) The distribution of some littoral trochidae and littorinidae in Cardigan Bay. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 10 (1). pp. 114-122. Lebour, M.V. (1916) Stages in the life history of Calanus finmarchicus (Gunnerus), experimentally reared by Mr. L.R. Crawshay in the Plymouth Laboratory. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 11 (1). pp. 1-17. Langston, W.J. and Chesman, B.S. and Burt, G.R. and Hawkins, S.J. and Readman, J. and Worsfold, P. (2003) Characterisation of the South West European Marine Sites: The Fal and Helford cSAC. Occasional Publication of the Marine Biological Association 8. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, Plymouth (UK). Sexton, E.W. and Wing, M.B. (1916) Experiments on the mendelian inheritance of eye-colour in the amphipod Gammarus chevreuxi. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 11 (1). pp. 18-50. Lebour, M.V. (1916) Notes on the life history of Anaphia petiolata (Kroyer). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 11 (1). pp. 51-56. Lebour, M.V. (1916) Medusae as hosts for larval trematodes. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 11 (1). pp. 57-59. Flattely, F.W. (1916) Notes on the ecology of Cirratulus (Audouinia) tentaculatus (Montagu). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 11 (1). pp. 60-70. Orton, J.H. (1916) An account of the researches on races of herrings carried out by the Marine Biological Association at Plymouth, 1914-1915. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 11 (1). pp. 71-121. Matthews, D.J. (1916) On the ammount of phosphoric acid in the sea-water off Plymouth Sound. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 11 (1). pp. 122-130. Lebour, M.V. (1917) The microplankton of Plymouth Sound from the region beyond the breakwater. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 11 (2). pp. 133-182. Lebour, M.V. (1917) The peridiniales of Plymouth Sound from the region beyond the breakwater. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 11 (2). pp. 183-200. Lebour, M.V. (1917) Some parasites of Sagitta bipunctata. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 11 (2). pp. 201-206. Allen, E.J. (1917) Post-larval teleosteans collected near Plymouth during the summer of 1914. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 11 (2). pp. 207-250. Matthews, D.J. (1917) On the amount of phosphoric acid in the sea-water off Plymouth Sound II. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 11 (2). pp. 251-257. Allen, E.J. and Sexton, E.W. (1917) The loss of the eye-pigment in Gammarus chevreuxi. A mendelian study. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 11 (3). pp. 273-353. Allen, E.J. (1917) Heredity in plants, animals and man. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 11 (3). pp. 354-379. Allen, E.J. (1917) Food from the sea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 11 (3). pp. 380-398. Allen, E.J. (1917) The age of fishes and the rate at which they grow. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 11 (3). pp. 399-424. Lebour, M.V. (1918) The food of post-larval fish. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 11 (4). pp. 433-469. Cutler, D.W. (1918) A preliminary account of the production of annual rings in the scales of plaice and flounders. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 11 (4). pp. 470-496. Keys, J.H. (1918) A list of the maritme, sub-maritime and coast-frequenting Coleoptera of South Devon and South Cornwall, with especial reference to the Plymouth district. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 11 (4). pp. 497-513. Lebour, M.V. (1918) A trematode larva from Buccinum undatum and notes on trematodes from post-larval fish. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 11 (4). pp. 514-518. Allen, E.J. (1919) A contribution to the quantitative study of plankton. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (1). pp. 1-8. Lebour, M.V. (1919) Feeding habits of some young fish. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (1). pp. 9-21. Lebour, M.V. (1919) The food of post-larval fish. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (1). pp. 22-47. Lebour, M.V. (1919) The young of the gobiidae from the neighbourhood off Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (1). pp. 48-80. Holden, H.S. (1919) A suggested scheme for the investigation of marine bacteria. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (1). pp. 136-140. Yerbury, J.W. (1919) Seashore diptera. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (1). pp. 141-145. Lebour, M.V. (1919) Further notes on the young Gobiidae from the neighbourhood of Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (1). pp. 146-148. Russell, F.S. (1970) The Medusae of the British Isles volume II: Pelagic Scyphozoa, with a supplement to the first volume of Hydromedusae. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. ISBN 521 07293 X Ridge, R.J. (1889) The mackerel fishery in the west of England. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 1 (1). pp. 72-73. Webb, G.E. (1921) The larvae of the Decapoda Macrura and Anomura of Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (3). pp. 385-425. Lebour, M.V. (1921) The larval and post-larval stages of the pilchard, sprat and herring from Plymouth district. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (3). pp. 427-457. Lebour, M.V. (1921) The food of young clupeoids. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (3). pp. 458-467. Ford, E. (1921) A contribution to our knowledge of the life-histories of the dogfishes landed at Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (3). pp. 468-505. Sexton, E.W. and Huxley, J.S. (1921) Intersexes in Gammarus chevreuxi and related forms. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (3). pp. 506-556. Batten, L. (1921) Note on the occurence of Arthopyrenia foveolata at Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (3). 557. Fulton, T.W. (1889) The scientific work of the fishery board for Scotland. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 1 (1). pp. 75-91. Trewavas, E. (1922) Note on the occurence of Echinus esculentus above low-tide mark on the Cornish Coast. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (4). pp. 833-834. Orton, J.H. (1923) Summary of an account of investigations into the cause or causes of the unusual mortality among oysters in English oyster beds during 1920 and 1921. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (1). pp. 1-23. Pantin, C.F.A. (1923) On the physiology of amoeboid movement. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (1). pp. 24-69. Lebour, M.V. (1923) The food of plankton organisms. II. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (1). pp. 70-92. Atkins, W.R.G. (1923) The hydrogen ion concentration of sea water in its relation to photosynthetic changes. Part II. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (1). pp. 93-118. Atkins, W.R.G. (1923) The phosphate content of fresh and salt waters in its relationship to the growth of the algal plankton. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (1). pp. 119-150. Atkins, W.R.G. (1923) The silica content of some natural waters and of culture media. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (1). pp. 151-159. Atkins, W.R.G. (1923) Note on the oxidisable organic matter of sea water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (1). pp. 160-163. Ford, E. (1923) Animal communities of the level sea-bottom in the waters adjacent to Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (1). pp. 164-224. Harvey, H.W. (1923) Hydrographic features of the water in the neighbourhood of Plymouth during the years 1921 and 1922. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (1). pp. 225-235. Lumby, J.R. (1923) The relation between catches of mackerel and the surface temperature in situ. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (1). pp. 236-242. Thomson, D.L. (1923) Note upon an association between spider-crab and sea-anemone. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (1). pp. 243-244. Gurney, R. (1923) The larval stages of Processa canaliculata Leach. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (1). pp. 245-265. Lebour, M.V. (1923) Plymouth peridinians IV. The plate arrangement of some Peridinium species. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (1). pp. 266-270. Lebour, M.V. (1923) Coccolithophora pelagica (Wallich) from the Channel. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (1). pp. 271-275. Atkins, W.R.G. (1923) Factors affecting the durability of silk plankton tow-nets and young fish trawl-nets. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (1). pp. 276-281. Harvey, H.W. (1923) Note on an apparatus for determining the quantity of dissolved gases in sea water, and in fluids containing organic matter. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (1). pp. 282-285. Kramp, P.L. (1961) Synopsis of the Medusae of the world. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 40. pp. 7-469. Atkins, W.R.G. (1924) On the vertical mixing of sea-water and its importance for the algal plankton. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (2). pp. 319-324. Earle, E.M. and Cunningham, J.T. (1890) Notes on recent experiments relating to the growth and rearing of food-fish at the laboratory. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 1 (4). pp. 367-375. Ford, E. (1925) On the growth of some lamellibranchs in relation to the food-supply of fishes. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (3). pp. 531-559. Hunt, O.D. (1925) The food of the bottom fauna of the Plymouth fishing grounds. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (3). pp. 560-599. De Morgan, W. (1925) Some marine ciliates living in the laboratory tanks at Plymouth, with a description of a new species, Holophrya coronata. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (3). pp. 600-658. Harvey, H.W. (1925) Water movement and sea temperature in the English Channel. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (3). pp. 659-664. Carruthers, J.N. (1925) The water movements in the neighbourhood of the English Channel - North Sea junction. Drift bottle experiments. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (3). pp. 665-669. Lumby, J.R. (1925) A note on the water movements in the English Channel and neighbouring seas, considered on the basis of salinity distribution. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (3). pp. 670-672. Russell, F.S. (1925) A releasing apparatus for horizonatally towed plankton nets. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (3). pp. 673-677. Harvey, H.W. (1925) Evaporation and temperature changes in the English Channel. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (3). pp. 678-692. Bourne, G.C. (1890) Report on the surface collections made by Mr. W.T. Grenfell in the North Sea and West of Scotland. Journal of the Marine Biological Asociation of the United Kingdom, 1 (4). pp. 376-381. Atkins, W.R.G. (1925) On the thermal stratification of sea water and its importance for the algal plankton. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (3). pp. 693-699. Atkins, W.R.G. (1925) Seasonal changes in the phosphate content of sea water in relation to the growth of the algal plankton during 1923 and 1924. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (3). pp. 700-720. Lebour, M.V. (1925) Young anglers in captivity and some of their enemies. A study in a plunger jar. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (3). pp. 721-734. Hickling, C.F. (1925) Notes on euphausiids. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (3). pp. 735-745. Barnes, H.F. (1925) Obisium maritimum leach found at Wembury, near Plymouth, together with its original description, and short notes on its geographical distribution. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (3). pp. 746-749. Atkins, W.G. and Harris, G.T. (1925) Seasonal changes in the water and heleoplankton of fresh-water ponds. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (3). pp. 750-754. Meek, A. (1925) Experimental legislation with reference to the crab and lobster fisheries of the East Coast of Britain. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (4). pp. 755-768. Russell, F.S. (1925) The vertical distribution of marine macroplankton. An observation on diurnal changes. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (4). pp. 769-809. Lebour, M.V. (1925) The Euphausiidae in the neighbourhood of Plymouth. II. Nyctiphanes couchii and Meganyctiphanes norvegica. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (4). pp. 810-847. Lebour, M.V. (1925) The eggs and newly hatched larva of Typton spongicola O.G.Costa. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (4). pp. 848-853. Roach, W. (1890) Notes on the herring, long-line, and pilchard fisheries of Plymouth during the winter 1889-90. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 1 (4). pp. 382-390. Hunt, O.D. (1925) On the amphipod genus Talitrus, with a description of a new species from the Scilly Isles, T. dorrieni n. sp. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (4). pp. 854-869. Jorgensen, O.M. (1925) The early stages of Nephrops norvegicus, from the Northumberland plankton, together with a note on the post-larval development of Homarus vulgaris. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (4). pp. 870-879. Stephenson, T.A. (1925) On a new British sea anemone. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (4). pp. 880-890. Stephenson, E.M. (1925) On the anatomy and relationships of new or little known British Actiniaria. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (4). pp. 891-909. Young, M.W. and Johnstone, J. (1925) Muscle-tumours in the European turbot,. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (4). pp. 910-913. Hickling, C.F. (1925) A new type of luminescence in fishes. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (4). pp. 914-937. Yonge, C.M. (1925) The hydrogen ion concentration in the gut of certain lamellibranchs and gastropods. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (4). pp. 938-952. Harvey, H.W. (1925) Oxidation in sea water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (4). pp. 953-969. Pantin, C.F.A. and Hogben, L.T. (1925) A colorimetric method for studying the dissociation of oxyhaemocyanin suitable for class work. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (4). pp. 970-980. Russell, F.S. (1925) On the occurence of Onchidella celtica (Cuvier) on the Cornish Coast. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (4). pp. 981-982. Bourne, G.C. (1890) Notes on the hydroids of Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 1 (4). pp. 391-398. Garstang, W. (1890) A complete list of the opisthobranchiate Mollusca found at Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 1 (4). pp. 399-457. Cunningham, J.T. and Weldon, W.F.R. (1890) Notes and memoranda. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 1 (4). pp. 458-461. Kirby, RR and Lindley, JA (2005) Molecular analysis of Continuous Plankton Recorder samples, an examination of echinoderm larvae in the North Sea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the uk, 85 (3). pp. 451-459. Frost, M.T. and Leaper, R. and Mieszkoska, N. and Murua, J. and Smyth, C. and Hawkins, S.J. (2004) Recovery of a biodiversity action plans species in northwest England: possible role of climate change, artificial habitat and water quality amelioration. Occasional Publication of the Marine Biological Association 16. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, Plymouth (UK). Clark, R.S. (1920) The pelagic young and early bottom stages of teleosteans. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (2). pp. 159-240. Ford, E. (1920) The post-larval stages of Ammodytes species captured during the cruises of S.S. "Oithona" in Plymouth waters in the year 1919. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (2). pp. 241-248. Ford, E. (1920) Note on a leptocephalus stage of the conger. Thge Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (2). pp. 249-252. Lebour, M.V. (1920) The eggs of Gobius minutus, pictus and microps. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (2). pp. 253-260. Lebour, M.V. (1920) The food of young fish. No. III (1919). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (2). pp. 261-324. Calderwood, W.L. (1891) The Plymouth mackerel fishery of 1889-90. From data collected by Mr. Wm. Roach, associate member of M.B.A. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 2 (1). pp. 4-14. Ford, E. (1920) The number of pycloric caeca in the herring. (Supplement to "An account of the researches on races of herrings carried out by the Marine Biological Association at Plymouth, 1914-14."). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (2). pp. 325-331. Leigh-Sharpe, W.H. (1920) Clavella iadda, n.sp. A parasitic copepod of Gadus morrhua. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (2). pp. 332-338. Orton, J.H. (1920) Sea-temperature, breeding and distribution in marine animals. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (2). pp. 339-366. Clark, R.S. (1922) Rays and skates (Raiae). No. I Egg-capsules and young. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (4). pp. 577-643. Lebour, M.V. (1922) The food of plankton organisms. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (4). pp. 644-677. Scott, A. (1922) On the food of young plaice (Pleuronectes platessa). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (4). pp. 678-687. Ford, E. (1922) On the young stages of Blennius ocellaris L., Blennius pholis L., and Blennius gattorugine L. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (4). pp. 688-692. Ford, E. (1922) On the post-larvae of the wrasses occurring near Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (4). pp. 693-699. Nelson, E.W. (1922) On the manufacture of drift bottles. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (4). pp. 700-716. Atkins, W.R.G. (1922) The hydrogen ion concentration of sea water in its biological relations. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (4). pp. 717-771. Atkins, W.R.G. (1922) The respirable organic matter of sea water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (4). pp. 772-780. Atkins, W.R.G. (1922) Di brom thymol sulphone phthalein as a reagent for determining the hydrogen ion concentration of living cells. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (4). pp. 781-784. Atkins, W.R.G. (1922) The hydrogen ion concentration of the cells of some marine algae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (4). pp. 785-788. Atkins, W.R.G. (1922) The influence upon algal cells of an alteration in the hydrogen ion concentration of sea water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (4). pp. 789-791. Atkins, W.R.G. (1922) The preparation of permanently non-acid formalin for preserving calcareous specimens. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (4). pp. 792-794. Lebour, M.V. (1922) Plymouth peridinians. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 12 (4). pp. 795-818. Stephenson, T.A. (1922) The genus Ilyanthus, Forbes. The Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kindom, 12 (4). pp. 819-828. Lebour, M.V. and Elmhurst, R. (1922) A contribution towards the life history of Parorchis acanthus Nicoll, a trematode in the herring gull. The Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom., 12 (4). pp. 829-832. Calderwood, W.L. (1891) The lobster fishing of one boat in Plymouth district from May 1st to September 29th 1890. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 2 (1). 15. Lebour, M.V. (1924) The food of young herrings. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (2). pp. 325-330. Pantin, C.F.A. (1924) Temperature and the viscosity of protoplasm. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (2). pp. 331-339. Sexton, E.W. (1924) The moulting and growth-stages of Gammarus, with descriptions of the normals and intersexes of G,chevreuxi. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (2). pp. 340-401. Lebour, M.V. (1924) The Euphausiidae in the neighbourhood of Plymouth and their importance as herring food. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (2). pp. 402-432. Gurney, R. (1924) The zoea of Eurynome aspera. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (2). pp. 433-436. Atkins, W.R.G. (1924) The hydrogen ion concentration of sea water in its relation to photosynthetic changes. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (2). pp. 437-446. Johnstone, J. (1924) Malignant tumours in fishes. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (2). pp. 447-471. Marshall, S. (1924) The food of Calanus finmarchicus during 1923. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (2). pp. 473-479. Stephenson, T.A. (1924) Notes on Haliotis tuberculata. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 13 (2). pp. 480-495. Marshall, S.M. and Orr, A.P. (1927) The relation of the plankton to some chemical and physical factors in the Clyde Sea area. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 14 (4). pp. 837-868. Allen, E.J. (1927) Fragmentation in the genus Autolytus and in other syllids. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 14 (4). pp. 869-876. Palmer, R. (1927) A revision of the genus "Portunus" (A. Milne-Edwards, Bell, etc.). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 14 (4). pp. 877-908. Orton, J.H. (1927) On the mode of feeding of the hermit-crab, Eupagurus Bernhardus, and some other decapoda. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 14 (4). pp. 909-922. Orton, J.H. (1927) Observations on the Fal estuary oyster beds during 1926, including a study in over-fishing. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 14 (4). pp. 923-934. Orton, J.H. and Amirthalingham, C. and Bull, H.O. (1927) Notes on shell-depositions in oysters. With a note on the chemical composition of "chalky" deposits in shells of O. edulis. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 14 (4). pp. 935-954. Stowell, F.P. (1927) The adsorption of ions from sea-water by sand. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 14 (4). pp. 955-966. Orton, J.H. (1927) Observations and experiments on sex-change in the European oyster (O.edulis) Part I. The change from female to male. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 14 (4). pp. 967-1046. Orton, J.H. (1927) A note on the physiology of sex and sex-determination. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 14 (4). pp. 1047-1056. Gill, R. (1927) The influence of plankton on the phosphate content of stored sea-water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 14 (4). pp. 1057-1066. Carlgren, O. and Stephenson, T.A. (1928) The British Edwardsidae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (1). pp. 1-32. Langston, W.J. and Chesman, B.S. and Burt, G.R. and Hawkins, S.J. and Readman, J. and Worsfold, P. (2003) Characterisation of the South West European Marine Sites: Plymouth Sound and Estuaries cSAC, SPA. Occasional Publication of the Marine Biological Association 9. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, Plymouth (UK). Sexton, E.W. (1928) On the rearing and breeding of Gammarus in laboratory conditions. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (1). pp. 33-56. Macdonald, R. (1928) The life history of Thysanoessa raschii. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (1). pp. 57-80. Russell, F.S. (1928) The vertical distribution of marine macroplankton. VI. Further observations on diurnal changes. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (1). pp. 81-104. Russell, F.S. (1928) A net for catching plankton near the bottom. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (1). pp. 105-108. Lebour, M.V. (1928) Studies of the Plymouth brachyura. II. The larval stages of ebalia and pinnotheres. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (1). pp. 109-124. Frost, W.E. (1928) The nauplius larva of Anelasma squalicola (Loven). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (1). pp. 125-128. Wilson, D.P. (1928) The post-larval development of Loimia medusa Sav. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (1). pp. 129-150. Berrill, N.J. (1928) Regeneration in the polychaet Chaetopterus variopedatus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (1). pp. 151-158. Berrill, N.J. (1928) The identification and validity of certain species of ascidians. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (1). pp. 159-176. Cunningham, J.T. (1891) On the reproduction and development of the conger. The Journal of the Marine Biological Assocaition of the Unitred Kingdom, 2 (1). pp. 16-42. Berrill, N.J. (1928) The ascidian fauna of the Plymouth area. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (1). pp. 177-182. Harvey, H.W. (1928) Nitrate in the sea, II. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (1). pp. 183-190. Atkins, W.R.G. (1928) Seasonal variations in the phosphate and silicate content of sea water during 1926 and 1927 in relation to the phytoplankton crop. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (1). pp. 191-206. Bull, H.O. (1928) The relationship between state of maturity and chemical composition of the whiting, Gadus merlangus L. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (1). pp. 207-218. Atkins, W.R.G. (1928) The preservation of fishing nets by treatment with copper soaps and other substances. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (1). pp. 219-236. Ford, E. (1928) Herring investigations at Plymouth. I. Methods of collection and treatment of data. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (1). pp. 237-266. Ford, E. (1928) Herring investigations at Plymouth, II. The average number of vertebrae for herrings from the English Channel and south-east of Ireland. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (1). pp. 267-278. Ford, E. (1928) Herring investigations at Plymouth, III. The Plymouth winter fishery during the seasons 1924-25, 1925-26, and 1926-27. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (1). pp. 279-304. Ford, E. (1928) Herring investigations at Plymouth, IV. The growth of young herrings in the neighbourhood of Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (1). pp. 305-320. Marshall, S.M. and Orr, A.P. (1928) The photosynthesis of diatom cultures in the sea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (1). pp. 321-360. Calderwood, W.L. (1891) The head kidney of teleostean fishes. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 2 (1). pp. 43-46. Orton, J.H. (1928) On rhythmic periods in shell-growth in O. edulis with a note on fattening. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (2). pp. 365-428. Russell, F.S. (1928) The vertical distribution of marine macroplankton. VII. Observations on the behaviour of Calanus finmarchicus. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (2). pp. 429-454. Poole, H.H. and Atkins, W.R.G. (1928) Further photo-electric measurements of the penetration of light into sea-water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (2). pp. 455-484. Bull, H.O. (1928) Studies on conditioned responses in fishes. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (2). pp. 485-534. Bruce, J.R. (1928) Physical factors on the sandy beach. Part I. Tidal, climatic, and edaphic. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (2). pp. 535-552. Wilson, D.P. (1928) The larvae of Polydora ciliata Johnstone and Polydora hoplura Claparede. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (2). pp. 567-604. Bruce, J.R. (1928) Physical factors on the sandy beach Part II. Chemical changes - carbon dioxide concentration and sulphides. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (2). pp. 553-566. Amirthalingam, C. (1928) On lunar periodicity in reproduction of Pecten opercularis near Plymouth in 1927-28. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (2). pp. 605-642. Yonge, C.M. (1928) The absorption of glucose by Ostrea edulis. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (2). pp. 643-654. Kunkel, B.W. and Robertson, J.A. (1928) Contributions to the study of relative growth in Gammarus chevreuxi. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (2). pp. 655-682. Stephen, A.C. (1928) Notes on the biology of Tellina tenuis da costa. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (2). pp. 683-702. Allen, E.J. and Harvey, H.W. (1928) The laboratory of The Marine Biological Association at Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (3). pp. 735-752. Russell, F.S. (1928) The vertical distribution of marine macroplankton. VIII. Further observations on the diurnal behaviour of the pelagic young of teleostean fishes in the Plymouth area. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (3). pp. 829-850. Orton, J.H. (1928) Observations on Patella vulgata. Part I. Sex-phenomena, breeding and shell growth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (3). pp. 851-862. Orton, J.H. (1928) Observations of Patella vulgata. Part II. Rate of growth of shell. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 15 (3). pp. 863-874. Ford, E. (1929) Herring investigations at Plymouth, V. The Plymouth winter fishery during the season 1927-28. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (1). pp. 1-24. Ford, E. (1929) Herring investigations at Plymouth. VI. Winter herrings caught off the Sussex Coast and in the Great West Bay during the years 1924 to 1927. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (1). pp. 25-42. Ford, E. (1929) Herring investigations at Plymouth. VII. On the artificial fertilisation and hatching of herring eggs under known conditions of salinity, with some observations on the specific gravity of the larvae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (1). pp. 43-48. Wynne-Edwards, V.C. (1929) The reproductive organs of the herring in relation to growth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (1). pp. 49-66. Norman, J.R. (1929) Note on a sailfish (Istiophorus americanus Cuvier and Valenciennes) new to the British fauna. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (1). pp. 67-72. Boschma, H. (1929) Galatheascus striatus a new rhizocephalan. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (1). pp. 73-79. Percival, E. (1929) A report on the fauna of the estuaries of the River Tamar and the River Lynher. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (1). pp. 81-108. Reid, D.M. (1929) On some factors limiting the habitat of Arenicola marina. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (1). pp. 109-116. Stephen, A.C. (1929) Notes on the rate of growth of Tellina tenuis da Costa in the Firth of Clyde. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (1). pp. 117-130. Stephenson, T.A. (1929) On methods of reproduction as specific characters. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (1). pp. 131-172. Stephenson, T.A. (1929) On the nematocysts of sea anemones. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (1). pp. 173-202. Atkins, D. (1929) On a fungus allied to the Saprolegniaceae found in the pea-crab Pinnotheres. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (1). pp. 203-220. Wilson, D.P. (1929) The larvae of the British sabellarians. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (1). pp. 221-270. Meyer, A. (1929) On the coelomic cilia and circulation of the body fluid in Tomopteris helgolandica. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (1). pp. 271-276. Orton, J.H. (1929) Observations on Patella vulgata, Part III. Habitat and habits. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (1). pp. 277-288. Orton, J.H. (1929) On the occurence of Echinus esculentus on the foreshore in the British Isles. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (1). pp. 289-296. Poole, H.H. and Atkins, W.R.G. (1929) Photo-electric measurements of submarine illumination throughout the year. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (1). pp. 297-324. Okada, Y.K. (1929) Sacconereis of Procerastea. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (1). pp. 325-328. Orton, J.H. (1930) Experiments in the sea on the growth-inhibitive and preservative value of poisonous paints and other substances. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (2). pp. 373-452. Gurney, R. (1930) The larva of Nicothoe astaci and its systematic position. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (2). pp. 453-460. Gurney, R. (1930) The larval stages of the copepod Longipedia. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (2). pp. 461-474. Okada, Y.K. (1930) Incubation-habit in a Phyllodocid polychaete, Notophyllum foliosum Sars. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (2). pp. 475-478. Garstang, M.A. (1891) Report on the Tunicata of Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 2 (1). pp. 47-67. Okada, Y.K. (1930) A remark on the constitution of larval syllids. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (2). pp. 479-488. Burton, M. (1930) Additions to the sponge fauna at Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (2). pp. 489-508. Atkins, W.R.G. and Poole, H.H. (1930) The photo-chemical and photo-electric measurement of submarine illumination. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (2). pp. 509-514. Atkins, W.R.G. (1930) Seasonal changes in the nitrate content of sea-water. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (2). pp. 515-518. Neill, R.G. (1930) Apparatus for rapid electrometric titration. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (2). pp. 519-528. Hickling, C.F. (1930) A contribution towards the life-history of the spur-dog. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (2). pp. 529-576. Hobson, A.D. (1930) A note on the formation of the egg case of the skate. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (2). pp. 577-582. Atkins, W.R.G. (1930) The preservation of fishing nets by treatment with copper soaps and other substances. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (2). pp. 583-588. Moore, H.B. and Neill, R.G. (1930) An instrument for sampling marine muds. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (2). pp. 589-594. Moore, H.B. (1930) The muds of the Clyde Sea area. I. Phosphate and nitrogen contents. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (2). pp. 595-608. Cunningham, J.T. (1891) On some larval stages of fishes. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 2 (1). pp. 68-74. Reid, D.M. (1930) Salinity interchange between sea-water in sand and overflowing fresh-water at low tide. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (2). pp. 609-614. Bull, H.O. (1930) Studies on conditioned responses in fishes. Part II. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (2). pp. 615-638. Russell, F.S. (1930) The vertical distribution of marine macroplankton. IX. The distribution of the pelagic young of teleostean fishes in the daytime in the Plymouth area. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (2). pp. 639-676. Steven, G.A. (1930) Bottom fauna and the food of fishes. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (3). pp. 677-706. Russell, F.S. (1930) The seasonal abundance and distribution of the pelagic young of teleostean fishes caught in the ring-trawl in offshore waters in the Plymouth area. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (3). pp. 707-722. Ford, E. (1930) Herring investigations at Plymouth. VIII. The transition from larva to adolescent. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (3). pp. 723-752. Berrill, N.J. (1930) On the occurence and habits of the Siphonophore, Stephanomia bijuga (Delle chiaje). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (3). pp. 753-756. Grove, A.J. (1930) An apparatus for keeping marine organisms under circulation in narrow observational tanks. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (3). pp. 757-760. Hart, T.J. (1930) Preliminary notes on the bionomics of the amphipod, Corophium volutator Pallas. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (3). pp. 761-790. Harvey, H.W. (1930) Hydrography of the mouth of the English Channel, 1925-1928. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (3). pp. 791-820. Langston, W.J. and Chesman, B.S. and Burt, G.R. and Hawkins, S.J. and Readman, J. and Worsfold, P. (2003) Characterisation of the South West European Marine Sites: The Exe Estuary SPA. Occasional Publication of the Marine Biological Association 10. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, Plymouth (UK). Atkins, W.R.G. (1930) Seasonal variations in the phosphate and silicate content of sea-water in relation to the phytoplankton crop. Part V. November 1927 to April 1929, compared with earlier years from 1923. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (3). pp. 821-852. Marshall, S.M. and Orr, A.P. (1930) A study of the spring diatom increase in Loch Striven. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (3). pp. 853-878. Lloyd, B. (1930) Bacteria of the Clyde Sea area: A quantitative investigation. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (3). pp. 879-908. Naylor, G.L. (1930) Note on the distribution of Lichina confinis and L.pygmaea in the Plymouth district. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (3). pp. 909-918. Atkins, D. (1930) On abnormal conditions of the gills in Mytilus edulis. Part I. On permanent natural reversal of the frontal cilia on the gill filaments of Mytilus edulis. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 16 (3). pp. 919-970. Lindsay, S.T. and Thompson, H. (1930) The determination of specific characters for the identification of certain ascidians. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 17 (1). pp. 1-52. Ford, E. (1930) Some abnormal fishes received at the Plymouth Laboratory. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 17 (1). pp. 53-64. Choucroun, N. (1930) On the hypothesis of mitogenetic radiation. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 17 (1). pp. 65-74. Dawes, B. (1930) The absorption of fats and lipoids in the plaice (P.platessa L.). Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 17 (1). pp. 75-102. Fowler, G.H. and Calderwood, W.L. and Garstang, W. and Cunningham, J.T. (1891) Notes and memoranda. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 2 (1). pp. 75-78. Dawes, B. (1930) Growth and maintenance in the plaice (Pleuronectes platessa L.). Part I. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 17 (1). pp. 103-174. Lebour, M.V. (1930) The larvae of the Plynouth Galatheidae. I. Munida banfica, Galathea strigosa and Galathea dispersa. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 17 (1). pp. 175-188. Sexton, E.W. and Clark, A.R. and Spooner, G.M. (1930) Some new eye-colour changes in Gammarus chevreuxi Sexton. Part I. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 17 (1). pp. 189-218. Carruthers, J.N. (1930) Further investigations upon the water movements in the English Channel. Drift-bottle experiments in the summers of 1927, 1928 and 1929, with critical notes on drift-bottle experiments in general. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 17 (1). pp. 241-275. Sanderson, A.R. (1930) The coelenterate plankton of the Northumbrian coast during the year 1924. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 17 (1). pp. 219-232. Watson, H.G. (1930) The coelenterate plankton of the Northumbrian coast during the year 1925. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 17 (1). pp. 233-240. Stephen, A.C. (1931) Notes on the biology of certain lamellibranchs on the Scottish coast. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 17 (2). pp. 277-300. Orton, J.H. and Lewis, H.M. (1931) On the effect of the severe winter of 1928-1929 on the oyster drills (with a record of five years' observations on sea-temperature on the oyster-beds) of the Blackwater Estuary. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 17 (2). pp. 301-314. Orton, J.H. and Amirthalingam, C. (1931) Observations and experiments on sex-change in the European oyster (O. edulis). Part II. On the gonad of egg-spawning individuals. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 17 (2). pp. 315-324. Cunningham, J.T. (1891) The egg and larva of Callionymus lyra. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 2 (2). pp. 89-90. Moore, H.B. (1931) The muds of the Clyde Sea area. III. Chemical and physical conditions; rate and nature of sedimentation; and fauna. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 17 (2). pp. 325-358. Moore, H.B. (1931) The specific identification of faecal pellets. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, 17 (2). pp. 359-366. |